Jump to main content.


Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases

Note: EPA no longer updates this information, but it may be useful as a reference or resource.


PDF Version (285 pp, 6003K, About PDF)

[Federal Register: April 10, 2009 (Volume 74, Number 68)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Page 16447-16731]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
[DOCID:fr10ap09-10]
[[Page 16448]]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 86, 87, 89, 90, 94, 98, 600, 1033, 1039, 1042, 1045,
1048, 1051, 1054, and 1065
[EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508; FRL-8782-1]
RIN 2060-A079

Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: EPA is proposing a regulation to require reporting of
greenhouse gas emissions from all sectors of the economy. The rule
would apply to fossil fuel suppliers and industrial gas suppliers, as
well as to direct greenhouse gas emitters. The proposed rule does not
require control of greenhouse gases, rather it requires only that
sources above certain threshold levels monitor and report emissions.

DATES: Comments must be received on or before June 9, 2009. There will
be two public hearings. One hearing was held on April 6 and 7, 2009, in
the Washington, DC, area (One Potomac Yard, 2777 S. Crystal Drive,
Arlington, VA 22202). One hearing will be on April 16, 2009 in
Sacramento, CA (Sacramento Convention Center, 1400 J Street, Sacramento,
CA 95814). The April 16, 2009 hearing will begin at 9 a.m. local time.

ADDRESSES: Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-
OAR-2008-0508, by one of the following methods:
    • Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.
    • E-mail: a-and-r-Docket@epa.gov.
    • Fax: (202) 566-1741.
    • Mail: Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Docket Center
(EPA/DC), Mailcode 6102T, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508,
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460.
    • Hand Delivery: EPA Docket Center, Public Reading Room, EPA
West Building, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC
20004. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal
hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for
deliveries of boxed information.
    Instructions: Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included
in the public docket without change and may be made available online at
http://www.regulations.gov, including any personal information
provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be CBI or
other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not
submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected
through http://www.regulations.gov or e-mail. The http://
www.regulations.gov Web site is an ``anonymous access'' system, which
means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you
provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an e-mail comment
directly to EPA without going through http://www.regulations.gov your
e-mail address will be automatically captured and included as part of
the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on
the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that
you include your name and other contact information in the body of your
comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your
comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for
clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic
files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of
encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses.
    Docket: All documents in the docket are listed in the http://
www.regulations.gov index. Although listed in the index, some
information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information
whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such
as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only in hard copy.
Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically
in http://www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the Air Docket, EPA/
DC, EPA West, Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington, DC.
This Docket Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the
Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the
Air Docket is (202) 566-1742.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Carole Cook, Climate Change Division,
Office of Atmospheric Programs (MC-6207J), Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone
number: (202) 343-9263; fax number: (202) 343-2342; e-mail address:
GHGReportingRule@epa.gov. For technical information, contact the
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule Hotline at telephone number: (877) 444-
1188; or e-mail: ghgmrr@epa.gov. To obtain information about the public
hearings or to register to speak at the hearings, please go to http://
www.epa.gov/climatechange/emissions/ghgrulemaking.html. Alternatively,
contact Carole Cook at 202-343-9263.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    Additional Information on Submitting Comments: To expedite review
of your comments by Agency staff, you are encouraged to send a separate
copy of your comments, in addition to the copy you submit to the
official docket, to Carole Cook, U.S. EPA, Office of Atmospheric
Programs, Climate Change Division, Mail Code 6207-J, Washington, DC,
20460, telephone (202) 343-9263, e-mail GHGReportingRule@epa.gov.
    Regulated Entities. The Administrator determines that this action
is subject to the provisions of CAA section 307(d). See CAA section
307(d)(1)(V) (the provisions of section 307(d) apply to ``such other
actions as the Administrator may determine.''). This is a proposed
regulation. If finalized, these regulations would affect owners and
operators of fuel and chemicals suppliers, direct emitters of GHGs and
manufacturers of mobile sources and engines. Regulated categories and
entities would include those listed in Table 1 of this preamble:

           Table 1--Examples of Affected Entities by Category
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Examples of affected
            Category                  NAICS             facilities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Stationary Fuel          ..............  Facilities operating
 Combustion Sources.                              boilers, process
                                                  heaters, incinerators,
                                                  turbines, and internal
                                                  combustion engines:
                                            211  Extractors of crude
                                                  petroleum and natural
                                                  gas.
                                            321  Manufacturers of lumber
                                                  and wood products.
                                            322  Pulp and paper mills.
                                            325  Chemical manufacturers.
                                            324  Petroleum refineries,
                                                  and manufacturers of
                                                  coal products.

[[Page 16449]]

                                  316, 326, 339  Manufacturers of rubber
                                                  and miscellaneous
                                                  plastic products.
                                            331  Steel works, blast
                                                  furnaces.
                                            332  Electroplating,
                                                  plating, polishing,
                                                  anodizing, and
                                                  coloring.
                                            336  Manufacturers of motor
                                                  vehicle parts and
                                                  accessories.
                                            221  Electric, gas, and
                                                  sanitary services.
                                            622  Health services.
                                            611  Educational services.
Electricity Generation.........          221112  Fossil-fuel fired
                                                  electric generating
                                                  units, including units
                                                  owned by Federal and
                                                  municipal governments
                                                  and units located in
                                                  Indian Country.
Adipic Acid Production.........          325199  Adipic acid
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Aluminum Production............          331312  Primary Aluminum
                                                  production facilities.
Ammonia Manufacturing..........          325311  Anhydrous and aqueous
                                                  ammonia manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Cement Production..............          327310  Owners and operators of
                                                  Portland Cement
                                                  manufacturing plants.
Electronics Manufacturing......          334111  Microcomputers
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         334413  Semiconductor,
                                                  photovoltaic (solid-
                                                  state) device
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         334419  LCD unit screens
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                 ..............  MEMS manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Ethanol Production.............          325193  Ethyl alcohol
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Ferroalloy Production..........          331112  Ferroalloys
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Fluorinated GHG Production.....          325120  Industrial gases
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Food Processing................          311611  Meat processing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311411  Frozen fruit, juice,
                                                  and vegetable
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311421  Fruit and vegetable
                                                  canning facilities.
Glass Production...............          327211  Flat glass
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         327213  Glass container
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         327212  Other pressed and blown
                                                  glass and glassware
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23            325120  Chlorodifluoromethane
 Destruction.                                     manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Hydrogen Production............          325120  Hydrogen manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Iron and Steel Production......          331111  Integrated iron and
                                                  steel mills, steel
                                                  companies, sinter
                                                  plants, blast
                                                  furnaces, basic oxygen
                                                  process furnace shops.
Lead Production................          331419  Primary lead smelting
                                                  and refining
                                                  facilities.
                                         331492  Secondary lead smelting
                                                  and refining
                                                  facilities.
Lime Production................          327410  Calcium oxide, calcium
                                                  hydroxide, dolomitic
                                                  hydrates manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Magnesium Production...........          331419  Primary refiners of
                                                  nonferrous metals by
                                                  electrolytic methods.
                                         331492  Secondary magnesium
                                                  processing plants.
Nitric Acid Production.........          325311  Nitric acid
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Oil and Natural Gas Systems....          486210  Pipeline transportation
                                                  of natural gas.
                                         221210  Natural gas
                                                  distribution
                                                  facilities.
                                         325212  Synthetic rubber
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Petrochemical Production.......           32511  Ethylene dichloride
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         325199  Acrylonitrile, ethylene
                                                  oxide, methanol
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         325110  Ethylene manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         325182  Carbon black
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Petroleum Refineries...........          324110  Petroleum refineries.
Phosphoric Acid Production.....          325312  Phosphoric acid
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Pulp and Paper Manufacturing...          322110  Pulp mills.
                                         322121  Paper mills.
                                         322130  Paperboard mills.
Silicon Carbide Production.....          327910  Silicon carbide
                                                  abrasives
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Soda Ash Manufacturing.........          325181  Alkalies and chlorine
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6) from           221121  Electric bulk power
 Electrical Equipment.                            transmission and
                                                  control facilities.
Titanium Dioxide Production....          325188  Titanium dioxide
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Underground Coal Mines.........          212113  Underground anthracite
                                                  coal mining
                                                  operations.
                                         212112  Underground bituminous
                                                  coal mining
                                                  operations.
Zinc Production................          331419  Primary zinc refining
                                                  facilities.
                                         331492  Zinc dust reclaiming
                                                  facilities, recovering
                                                  from scrap and/or
                                                  alloying purchased
                                                  metals.
Landfills......................          562212  Solid waste landfills.
                                         221320  Sewage treatment
                                                  facilities.
                                         322110  Pulp mills.
                                         322121  Paper mills.
                                         322122  Newsprint mills.
                                         322130  Paperboard mills.
                                         311611  Meat processing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311411  Frozen fruit, juice,
                                                  and vegetable
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311421  Fruit and vegetable
                                                  canning facilities.
Wastewater Treatment...........          322110  Pulp mills.
                                         322121  Paper mills.
                                         322122  Newsprint mills.
                                         322130  Paperboard mills.

[[Page 16450]]

                                         311611  Meat processing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311411  Frozen fruit, juice,
                                                  and vegetable
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         311421  Fruit and vegetable
                                                  canning facilities.
                                         325193  Ethanol manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         324110  Petroleum refineries.
Manure Management..............          112111  Beef cattle feedlots.
                                         112120  Dairy cattle and milk
                                                  production facilities.
                                         112210  Hog and pig farms.
                                         112310  Chicken egg production
                                                  facilities.
                                         112330  Turkey Production.
                                         112320  Broilers and Other Meat
                                                  type Chicken
                                                  Production.
Suppliers of Coal and Coal-              212111  Bituminous, and lignite
 based Products.                                  coal surface mining
                                                  facilities.
                                         212113  Anthracite coal mining
                                                  facilities.
                                         212112  Underground bituminous
                                                  coal mining
                                                  facilities.
Suppliers of Coal Based Liquids          211111  Coal liquefaction at
 Fuels.                                           mine sites.
Suppliers of Petroleum Products          324110  Petroleum refineries.
Suppliers of Natural Gas and             221210  Natural gas
 NGLs.                                            distribution
                                                  facilities.
                                         211112  Natural gas liquid
                                                  extraction facilities.
Suppliers of Industrial GHGs...          325120  Industrial gas
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Suppliers of Carbon Dioxide              325120  Industrial gas
 (CO2).                                           manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
Mobile Sources.................          336112  Light-duty vehicles and
                                                  trucks manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         333618  Heavy-duty, non-road,
                                                  aircraft, locomotive,
                                                  and marine diesel
                                                  engine manufacturing.
                                         336120  Heavy-duty vehicle
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         336312  Small non-road, and
                                                  marine spark-ignition
                                                  engine manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         336999  Personal watercraft
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
                                         336991  Motorcycle
                                                  manufacturing
                                                  facilities.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table 1 of this preamble is not intended to be exhaustive, but
rather provides a guide for readers regarding facilities likely to be
regulated by this action. Table 1 of this preamble lists the types of
facilities that EPA is now aware could be potentially affected by this
action. Other types of facilities not listed in the table could also be
subject to reporting requirements. To determine whether your facility
is affected by this action, you should carefully examine the
applicability criteria found in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A. If
you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a
particular facility, consult the person listed in the preceding FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.
    Many facilities that would be affected by the proposed rule have
GHG emissions from multiple source categories listed in Table 1 of this
preamble. Table 2 of this preamble has been developed as a guide to
help potential reporters subject to the mandatory reporting rule
identify the source categories (by subpart) that they may need to (1)
consider in their facility applicability determination, and (2) include
in their reporting. For each source category, activity, or facility
type (e.g., electricity generation, aluminum production), Table 2 of
this preamble identifies the subparts that are likely to be relevant.
The table should only be seen as a guide. Additional subparts may be
relevant for a given reporter. Similarly, not all listed subparts would
be relevant for all reporters.

            Table 2--Source Categories and Relevant Subparts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Source category (and main applicable   Subparts recommended for review
                subpart)                    to determine applicability
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Stationary Fuel Combustion       General Stationary Fuel
 Sources.                                 Combustion.
Electricity Generation.................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Electricity
                                          Generation, Suppliers of CO2,
                                          Electric Power Systems.
Adipic Acid Production.................  Adipic Acid Production, General
                                          Stationary Fuel Combustion.
Aluminum Production....................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Ammonia Manufacturing..................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Hydrogen, Nitric
                                          Acid, Petroleum Refineries,
                                          Suppliers of CO2.
Cement Production......................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Suppliers of CO2.
Electronics Manufacturing..............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Ethanol Production.....................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Landfills,
                                          Wastewater Treatment.
Ferroalloy Production..................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Fluorinated GHG Production.............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Food Processing........................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Landfills,
                                          Wastewater Treatment.
Glass Production.......................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23            General Stationary Fuel
 Destruction.                             Combustion.
Hydrogen Production....................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Petrochemicals,
                                          Petroleum Refineries,
                                          Suppliers of Industrial GHGs,
                                          Suppliers of CO2.
Iron and Steel Production..............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Suppliers of CO2.
Lead Production........................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Lime Manufacturing.....................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.

[[Page 16451]]

Magnesium Production...................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Nitric Acid Production.................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Adipic Acid.
Oil and Natural Gas Systems............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Petroleum
                                          Refineries, Suppliers of
                                          Petroleum Products, Suppliers
                                          of Natural Gas and NGL,
                                          Suppliers of CO2.
Petrochemical Production...............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Ammonia, Petroleum
                                          Refineries.
Petroleum Refineries...................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Hydrogen,
                                          Landfills, Wastewater
                                          Treatment, Suppliers of
                                          Petroleum Products.
Phosphoric Acid Production.............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Pulp and Paper Manufacturing...........  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Landfills,
                                          Wastewater Treatment.
Silicon Carbide Production.............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Soda Ash Manufacturing.................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6) from           General Stationary Fuel
 Electrical Equipment.                    Combustion.
Titanium Dioxide Production............  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Underground Coal Mines.................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Suppliers of Coal.
Zinc Production........................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Landfills..............................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Ethanol, Food
                                          Processing, Petroleum
                                          Refineries, Pulp and Paper.
Wastewater Treatment...................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Ethanol, Food
                                          Processing, Petroleum
                                          Refineries, Pulp and Paper.
Manure Management......................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
Suppliers of Coal......................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Underground Coal
                                          Mines.
Suppliers of Coal-based Liquid Fuels...  Suppliers of Coal, Suppliers of
                                          Petroleum Products.
Suppliers of Petroleum Products........  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Oil and Natural
                                          Gas Systems.
Suppliers of Natural Gas and NGLs......  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Oil and Natural
                                          Gas Systems, Suppliers of CO2.
Suppliers of Industrial GHGs...........  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Hydrogen
                                          Production, Suppliers of CO2.
Suppliers of Carbon Dioxide (CO2)......  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion, Electricity
                                          Generation, Ammonia, Cement,
                                          Hydrogen, Iron and Steel,
                                          Suppliers of Industrial GHGs.
Mobile Sources.........................  General Stationary Fuel
                                          Combustion.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Acronyms and Abbreviations. The following acronyms and
abbreviations are used in this document.

A/C air conditioning
AERR Air Emissions Reporting Rule
ANPR advance notice of proposed rulemaking
ARP Acid Rain Program
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BLS Bureau of Labor Statistics
CAA Clean Air Act
CAFE Corporate Average Fuel Economy
CARB California Air Resources Board
CBI confidential business information
CCAR California Climate Action Registry
CDX central data exchange
CEMS continuous emission monitoring system(s)
CERR Consolidated Emissions Reporting Rule
cf cubic feet
CFCs chlorofluorocarbons
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CH4 methane
CHP combined heat and power
CO2 carbon dioxide
CO2e CO2-equivalent
COD chemical oxygen demand
DE destruction efficiency
DOD U.S. Department of Defense
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
DOT U.S. Department of Transportation
DE destruction efficiency
DRE destruction or removal efficiency
ECOS Environmental Council of the States
EGUs electrical generating units
EIA Energy Information Administration
EISA Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
EO Executive Order
EOR enhanced oil recovery
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EU European Union
FTP Federal Test Procedure
FY2008 fiscal year 2008
GHG greenhouse gas
GWP global warming potential
HCFC-22 chlorodifluoromethane (or CHClF2)
HCFCs hydrochlorofluorocarbons
HCl hydrogen chloride
HFC-23 trifluoromethane (or CHF3)
HFCs hydrofluorocarbons
HFEs hydrofluorinated ethers
HHV higher heating value
ICR information collection request
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ISO International Organization for Standardization
kg kilograms
LandGEM Landfill Gas Emissions Model
LCD liquid crystal display
LDCs local natural gas distribution companies
LEDs light emitting diodes
LNG liquified natural gas
LPG liquified petroleum gas
MEMS microelectricomechanical system
mmBtu/hr millions British thermal units per hour
MMTCO2e million metric tons carbon dioxide equivalent
MSHA Mine Safety and Health Administration
MSW municipal solid waste
MW megawatts
N2O nitrous oxide
NAAQS national ambient air quality standard
NACAA National Association of Clean Air Agencies
NAICS North American Industry Classification System
NEI National Emissions Inventory
NESHAP national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants
NF3 nitrogen trifluoride
NGLs natural gas liquids
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NSPS new source performance standards
NSR New Source Review
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995
O3 ozone
ODS ozone-depleting substance(s)
OMB Office of Management and Budget
ORIS Office of Regulatory Information Systems
PFCs perfluorocarbons
PIN personal identification number
POTWs publicly owned treatment works
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PV photovoltaic
QA quality assurance
QA/QC quality assurance/quality control
QAPP quality assurance performance plan
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
RFS Renewable Fuel Standard
RGGI Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative

[[Page 16452]]

RIA regulatory impact analysis
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SAR IPCC Second Assessment Report
SBREFA Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
SF6 sulfur hexafluoride
SFTP Supplemental Federal Test Procedure
SI international system of units
SIP State Implementation Plan
SSM startup, shutdown, and malfunction
TCR The Climate Registry
TOC total organic carbon
TRI Toxic Release Inventory
TSCA Toxics Substances Control Act
TSD technical support document
U.S. United States
UIC underground injection control
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture
USGS U.S. Geological Survey
VMT vehicle miles traveled
VOC volatile organic compound(s)
WBCSD World Business Council for Sustainable Development
WCI Western Climate Initiative
WRI World Resources Institute
XML eXtensible Markup Language

Table of Contents

I. Background
    A. What Are GHGs?
    B. What Is Climate Change?
    C. Statutory Authority
    D. Inventory of U.S. GHG Emissions and Sinks
    E. How does this proposal relate to U.S. government and other
climate change efforts?
    F. How does this proposal relate to EPA's Climate Change ANPR?
    G. How was this proposed rule developed?
II. Summary of Existing Federal, State, and Regional Emission Reporting Programs
    A. Federal Voluntary GHG Programs
    B. Federal Mandatory Reporting Programs
    C. EPA Emissions Inventories
    D. Regional and State Voluntary Programs for GHG Emissions Reporting
    E. State and Regional Mandatory Programs for GHG Emissions
Reporting and Reduction
    F. How the Proposed Mandatory GHG Reporting Program is Different
From the Federal and State Programs EPA Reviewed
III. Summary of the General Requirements of the Proposed Rule
    A. Who must report?
    B. Schedule for Reporting
    C. What do I have to report?
    D. How do I submit the report?
    E. What records must I retain?
IV. Rationale for the General Reporting, Recordkeeping and
Verification Requirements That Apply to All Source Categories
    A. Rationale for Selection of GHGs To Report
    B. Rationale for Selection of Source Categories To Report
    C. Rationale for Selection of Thresholds
    D. Rationale for Selection of Level of Reporting
    E. Rationale for Selecting the Reporting Year
    F. Rationale for Selecting the Frequency of Reporting
    G. Rationale for the Emissions Information to Report
    H. Rationale for Monitoring Requirements
    I. Rationale for Selecting the Recordkeeping Requirements
    J. Rationale for Verification Requirements
    K. Rationale for Selection of Duration of the Program
V. Rationale for the Reporting, Recordkeeping and Verification
Requirements for Specific Source Categories
    A. Overview of Reporting for Specific Source Categories
    B. Electricity Purchases
    C. General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources
    D. Electricity Generation
    E. Adipic Acid Production
    F. Aluminum Production
    G. Ammonia Manufacturing
    H. Cement Production
    I. Electronics Manufacturing
    J. Ethanol Production
    K. Ferroalloy Production
    L. Fluorinated GHG Production
    M. Food Processing
    N. Glass Production
    O. HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23 Destruction
    P. Hydrogen Production
    Q. Iron and Steel Production
    R. Lead Production
    S. Lime Manufacturing
    T. Magnesium Production
    U. Miscellaneous Uses of Carbonates
    V. Nitric Acid Production
    W. Oil and Natural Gas Systems
    X. Petrochemical Production
    Y. Petroleum Refineries
    Z. Phosphoric Acid Production
    AA. Pulp and Paper Manufacturing
    BB. Silicon Carbide Production
    CC. Soda Ash Manufacturing
    DD. Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6) from Electrical Equipment
    EE. Titanium Dioxide Production
    FF. Underground Coal Mines
    GG. Zinc Production
    HH. Landfills
    II. Wastewater Treatment
    JJ. Manure Management
    KK. Suppliers of Coal
    LL. Suppliers of Coal-Based Liquid Fuels
    MM. Suppliers of Petroleum Products
    NN. Suppliers of Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquids
    OO. Suppliers of Industrial GHGs
    PP. Suppliers of Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
    QQ. Mobile Sources
VI. Collection, Management, and Dissemination of GHG Emissions Data
    A. Purpose
    B. Data Collection
    C. Data Management
    D. Data Dissemination
VII. Compliance and Enforcement
    A. Compliance Assistance
    B. Role of the States
    C. Enforcement
VIII. Economic Impacts of the Proposed Rule
    A. How are compliance costs estimated?
    B. What are the costs of this proposed rule?
    C. What are the economic impacts of the proposed rule?
    D. What are the impacts of the proposed rule on small entities?
    E. What are the benefits of the proposed rule for society?
IX. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
    A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review
    B. Paperwork Reduction Act
    C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
    D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
    E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
    F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
    G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
    H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
    I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations

I. Background

    The proposed rule would require reporting of annual emissions of
carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous
oxide (N2O), sulfur hexafluoride (SF6),
hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorochemicals (PFCs), and other
fluorinated gases (e.g., nitrogen trifluoride and hydrofluorinated
ethers (HFEs)). The proposed rule would apply to certain downstream
facilities that emit GHGs (primarily large facilities emitting 25,000
tpy of CO2 equivalent GHG emissions or more) and to upstream
suppliers of fossil fuels and industrial GHGs, as well as to
manufacturers of vehicles and engines. Reporting would be at the
facility level, except certain suppliers and vehicle and engine
manufacturers would report at the corporate level.
    This preamble is broken into several large sections, as detailed
above in the Table of Contents. Throughout the preamble we explicitly
request comment on a variety of issues. The paragraph below describes
the layout of the preamble and provides a brief summary of each
section. We also highlight particular issues on which, as indicated
later in the preamble, we would specifically be interested in receiving
comments.
    The first section of this preamble contains the basic background
information about greenhouse gases and climate change. It also
describes the origin of this proposal, our legal authority and how this
proposal relates to other efforts to address emissions of greenhouse
gases. In this section we

[[Page 16453]]

would be particularly interested in receiving comment on the
relationship between this proposal and other government efforts.
    The second section of this preamble describes existing Federal,
State, Regional mandatory and voluntary GHG reporting programs and how
they are similar and different to this proposal. Again, similar to the
previous section, we would like comments on the interrelationship of
this proposal and existing GHG reporting programs.
    The third section of this preamble provides an overview of the
proposal itself, while the fourth section provides the rationale for
each decision the Agency made in developing the proposal, including key
design elements such as: (i) Source categories included, (ii) the level
of reporting, (iii) applicability thresholds, (iv) reporting and
monitoring methods, (v) verification, (vi) frequency and (vii) duration
of reporting. Furthermore, in this section, EPA explains the
distinction between upstream and downstream reporters, describes why it
is necessary to collect data at multiple points, and provides
information on how different data would be useful to inform different
policies. As stated in the fourth section, we solicit comment on each
design element of the proposal generally.
    The fifth section of this preamble looks at the same key design
elements for each of the source categories covered by the proposal.
Thus, for example, there is a specific discussion regarding appropriate
applicability thresholds, reporting and monitoring methodologies and
reporting and recordkeeping requirements for each source category. Each
source category describes the proposed options for each design element,
as well as the other options considered. In addition to the general
solicitation for comment on each design element generally and for each
source category, throughout the fifth section there are specific issues
highlighted on which we solicit comment. Please refer to the specific
source category of interest for more details.
    The sixth section of this preamble explains how EPA would collect,
manage and disseminate the data, while the seventh section describes
the approach to compliance and enforcement. In both sections the role
of the States is discussed, as are requests for comment on that role.
    Finally, the eighth section provides the summary of the impacts and
costs from the Regulatory Impact Analysis and the last section walks
through the various statutory and executive order requirements
applicable to rulemakings.

A. What Are GHGs?

    The proposed rule would cover the major GHGs that are directly
emitted by human activities. These include CO2,
CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and other
specified fluorinated compounds (e.g., HFEs) used in boutique
applications such as electronics and anesthetics. These gases influence
the climate system by trapping in the atmosphere heat that would
otherwise escape to space. The GHGs vary in their capacity to trap
heat. The GHGs also vary in terms of how long they remain in the
atmosphere after being emitted, with the shortest-lived GHG remaining
in the atmosphere for roughly a decade and the longest-lived GHG
remaining for up to 50,000 years. Because of these long atmospheric
lifetimes, all of the major GHGs become well mixed throughout the
global atmosphere regardless of emission origin.
    Global atmospheric CO2 concentration increased about 35
percent from the pre-industrial era to 2005. The global atmospheric
concentration of CH4 has increased by 148 percent from pre-
industrial levels, and the N2O concentration has increased
18 percent. The observed increase in concentration of these gases can
be attributed primarily to human activities. The atmospheric
concentration of industrial fluorinated gases--HFCs, PFCs,
SF6--and other fluorinated compounds are relatively low but
are increasing rapidly; these gases are entirely anthropogenic in origin.
    Due to sheer quantity of emissions, CO2 is the largest
contributor to GHG concentrations followed by CH4.
Combustion of fossil fuels (e.g., coal, oil, gas) is the largest source
of CO2 emissions in the U.S. The other GHGs are emitted from
a variety of activities. These emissions are compiled by EPA in the
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks (Inventory) and
reported to the UNFCCC \1\ on an annual basis.\2\ A more detailed
discussion of the Inventory is provided in Section I.D below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ For more information about the UNFCCC, please refer to:
http://www.unfccc.int. Exit Disclaimer See Articles 4 and 12 of the UNFCCC
treaty. Parties to the Convention, by ratifying, ``shall develop,
periodically update, publish and make available * * * national
inventories of anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by
sinks of all greenhouse gases not controlled by the Montreal
Protocol, using comparable methodologies * * *''.
    \2\ The U.S. submits the Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas
Emissions and Sinks to the Secretariat of the UNFCCC as an annual
reporting requirement. The UNFCCC treaty, ratified by the U.S. in
1992, sets an overall framework for intergovernmental efforts to
tackle the challenge posed by climate change. The U.S. has submitted
the GHG inventory to the United Nations every year since 1993. The
annual Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks is
consistent with national inventory data submitted by other UNFCCC
Parties, and uses internationally accepted methods for its emission estimates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Because GHGs have different heat trapping capacities, they are not
directly comparable without translating them into common units. The
GWP, a metric that incorporates both the heat-trapping ability and
atmospheric lifetime of each GHG, can be used to develop comparable
numbers by adjusting all GHGs relative to the GWP of CO2.
When quantities of the different GHGs are multiplied by their GWPs, the
different GHGs can be compared on a CO2e basis. The GWP of
CO2 is 1.0, and the GWP of other GHGs are expressed relative
to CO2. For example, CH4 has a GWP of 21, meaning
each metric ton of CH4 emissions would have 21 times as much
impact on global warming (over a 100-year time horizon) as a metric ton
of CO2 emissions. The GWPs of the other gases are listed in
the proposed rule, and range from the hundreds up to 23,900 for
SF6.\3\ Aggregating all GHGs on a CO2e basis at
the source level allows a comparison of the total emissions of all the
gases from one source with emissions from other sources.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ EPA has chosen to use GWPs published in the IPCC SAR
(furthermore referenced as ``SAR GWP values''). The use of the SAR
GWP values allows comparability of data collected in this proposed
rule to the national GHG inventory that EPA compiles annually to
meet U.S. commitments to the UNFCCC. To comply with international
reporting standards under the UNFCCC, official emission estimates
are to be reported by the U.S. and other countries using SAR GWP
values. The UNFCCC reporting guidelines for national inventories
were updated in 2002 but continue to require the use of GWPs from
the SAR. The parties to the UNFCCC have also agreed to use GWPs
based upon a 100-year time horizon although other time horizon
values are available. For those fluorinated compounds included in
this proposal that not listed in the SAR, EPA is using the most
recent available GWPs, either the IPCC Third Assessment Report or
Fourth Assessment Report. For more specific information about the
GWP of specific GHGs, please see Table A-1 in the proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For additional information about GHGs, climate change, climate
science, etc. please see EPA's climate change Web site found at 
http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/.

B. What Is Climate Change?

    Climate change refers to any significant changes in measures of
climate (such as temperature, precipitation, or wind) lasting for an
extended period. Historically, natural factors such as volcanic
eruptions and changes in the amount of energy released from the sun
have affected the earth's climate. Beginning in the late 18th century,
human activities associated with the industrial revolution

[[Page 16454]]

have also changed the composition of the earth's atmosphere and very
likely are influencing the earth's climate.\4\ The heating effect
caused by the buildup of GHGs in our atmosphere enhances the Earth's
natural greenhouse effect and adds to global warming. As global
temperatures increase other elements of the climate system, such as
precipitation, snow and ice cover, sea levels, and weather events,
change. The term ``climate change,'' which encompasses these broader
effects, is often used instead of ``global warming.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ IPCCC: Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis,
February 2, 2007 (http://www.ipcc.ch/ Exit Disclaimer).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    According to the IPCC, warming of the climate system is
``unequivocal,'' as is now evident from observations of increases in
global average air and ocean temperatures, widespread melting of snow
and ice, and rising global average sea level. Global mean surface
temperatures have risen by 0.74 [deg]C (1.3 [deg]F) over the last 100
years. Global mean surface temperature was higher during the last few
decades of the 20th century than during any comparable period during
the preceding four centuries. U.S. temperatures also warmed during the
20th and into the 21st century; temperatures are now approximately 0.56
[deg]C (1.0 [deg]F) warmer than at the start of the 20th century, with
an increased rate of warming over the past 30 years. Most of the
observed increase in global average temperatures since the mid-20th
century is very likely due to the observed increase in anthropogenic
GHG concentrations.
    According to different scenarios assessed by the IPCC, average
global temperature by end of this century is projected to increase by
1.8 to 4.0 [deg]C (3.2 to 7.2 [deg]F) compared to the average
temperature in 1990. The uncertainty range of this estimate is 1.1 to
6.4 [deg]C (2.0 to 11.5 [deg]F). Future projections show that, for most
scenarios assuming no additional GHG emission reduction policies,
atmospheric concentrations of GHGs are expected to continue climbing
for most if not all of the remainder of this century, with associated
increases in average temperature. Overall risk to human health, society
and the environment increases with increases in both the rate and
magnitude of climate change.
    For additional information about GHGs, climate change, climate
science, etc. please see EPA's climate change Web site found at 
http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/.

C. Statutory Authority

    On December 26, 2007, President Bush signed the FY2008 Consolidated
Appropriations Act which authorized funding for EPA to ``develop and
publish a draft rule not later than 9 months after the date of
enactment of this Act, and a final rule not later than 18 months after
the date of enactment of this Act, to require mandatory reporting of
GHG emissions above appropriate thresholds in all sectors of the
economy of the United States.'' Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2008,
Public Law 110-161, 121 Stat 1844, 2128 (2008).
    The accompanying joint explanatory statement directed EPA to ``use
its existing authority under the Clean Air Act'' to develop a mandatory
GHG reporting rule. ``The Agency is further directed to include in its
rule reporting of emissions resulting from upstream production and
downstream sources, to the extent that the Administrator deems it
appropriate.'' EPA has interpreted that language to confirm that it may
be appropriate for the Agency to exercise its CAA authority to require
reporting of the quantity of fuel or chemical that is produced or
imported from upstream sources such as fuel suppliers, as well as
reporting of emissions from facilities (downstream sources) that
directly emit GHGs from their processes or from fuel combustion, as
appropriate. The joint explanatory statement further states that
``[t]he Administrator shall determine appropriate thresholds of
emissions above which reporting is required, and how frequently reports
shall be submitted to EPA. The Administrator shall have discretion to
use existing reporting requirements for electric generating units''
under section 821 of the 1990 CAA Amendments.
    EPA is proposing this rule under its existing CAA authority. EPA
also proposes that the rule require the reporting of the GHG emissions
resulting from the quantity of fossil fuel or industrial gas that is
produced or imported from upstream sources such as fuel suppliers, as
well as reporting of GHG emissions from facilities (downstream sources)
that directly emit GHGs from their processes or from fuel combustion,
as appropriate. This proposed rule would also establish appropriate
thresholds and frequency for reporting.
    Section 114(a)(1) of the CAA authorizes the Administrator to, inter
alia, require certain persons (see below) on a one-time, periodic or
continuous basis to keep records, make reports, undertake monitoring,
sample emissions, or provide such other information as the
Administrator may reasonably require. This information may be required
of any person who (i) owns or operates an emission source, (ii)
manufactures control or process equipment, (iii) the Administrator
believes may have information necessary for the purposes set forth in
this section, or (iv) is subject to any requirement of the Act (except
for manufacturers subject to certain title II requirements). The
information may be required for the purposes of developing an
implementation plan, an emission standard under sections 111, 112 or
129, determining if any person is in violation of any standard or
requirement of an implementation plan or emissions standard, or
``carrying out any provision'' of the Act (except for a provision of
title II with respect to manufacturers of new motor vehicles or new
motor vehicle engines).\5\ Section 208 of the CAA provides EPA with
similar broad authority regarding the manufacturers of new motor
vehicles or new motor vehicle engines, and other persons subject to the
requirements of parts A and C of title II.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ Although there are exclusions in section 114(a)(1) regarding
certain title II requirements applicable to manufacturers of new
motor vehicle and motor vehicle engines, section 208 authorizes the
gathering of information related to those areas.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The scope of the persons potentially subject to a section 114(a)(1)
information request (e.g., a person ``who the Administrator believes
may have information necessary for the purposes set forth in'' section
114(a)) and the reach of the phrase ``carrying out any provision'' of
the Act are quite broad. EPA's authority to request information reaches
to a source not subject to the CAA, and may be used for purposes
relevant to any provision of the Act. Thus, for example, utilizing
sections 114 and 208, EPA could gather information relevant to carrying
out provisions involving research (e.g., section 103(g)); evaluating
and setting standards (e.g., section 111); and endangerment
determinations contained in specific provisions of the Act (e.g., 202);
as well as other programs.
    Given the broad scope of sections 114 and 208 of the CAA, it is
appropriate for EPA to gather the information required by this rule
because such information is relevant to EPA's carrying out a wide
variety of CAA provisions. For example, emissions from direct emitters
should inform decisions about whether and how to use section 111 to
establish NSPS for various source categories emitting GHGs, including
whether there are any additional categories of sources that should be
listed under section 111(b). Similarly, the information required of
manufacturers of mobile

[[Page 16455]]

sources should support decisions regarding treatment of those sources
under sections 202, 213 or 231 of the CAA. In addition, the information
from fuel suppliers would be relevant in analyzing whether to proceed,
and particular options for how to proceed, under section 211(c)
regarding fuels, or to inform action concerning downstream sources
under a variety of Title I or Title II provisions. For example, the
geographic distribution, production volumes and characteristics of
various fuel types and subtypes may also prove useful is setting NSPS
or Best Available Control Technology limits for some combustion
sources. Transportation distances from fuel sources to end users may be
useful in evaluating cost effectiveness of various fuel choices,
increases in transportation emissions that may be associated with
various fuel choices, as well as the overall impact on energy usage and
availability. The data overall also would inform EPA's implementation
of section 103(g) of the CAA regarding improvements in nonregulatory
strategies and technologies for preventing or reducing air pollutants.
This section, which specifically mentions CO2, highlights
energy conservation, end-use efficiency and fuel-switching as possible
strategies for consideration and the type of information collected
under this rule would be relevant. The above discussion is not a
comprehensive listing of all the possible ways the information
collected under this rule could assist EPA in carrying out any
provision of the CAA. Rather it illustrates how the information request
fits within the parameters of EPA's CAA authority.

D. Inventory of U.S. GHG Emissions and Sinks

    The Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks
(Inventory), prepared by EPA's Office of Atmospheric Programs in
coordination with the Office of Transportation and Air Quality, is an
impartial, policy-neutral report that tracks annual GHG emissions. The
annual report presents historical U.S. emissions of CO2,
CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, and SF6.
    The U.S. submits the Inventory to the Secretariat of the UNFCCC as
an annual reporting requirement. The UNFCCC treaty, ratified by the
U.S. in 1992, sets an overall framework for intergovernmental efforts
to tackle the challenge posed by climate change. The U.S. has submitted
the GHG inventory to the United Nations every year since 1993. The
annual Inventory is consistent with national inventory data submitted
by other UNFCCC Parties, and uses internationally accepted methods for
its emission estimates.
    In preparing the annual Inventory, EPA leads an interagency team
that includes DOE, USDA, DOT, DOD, the State Department, and others.
EPA collaborates with hundreds of experts representing more than a
dozen Federal agencies, academic institutions, industry associations,
consultants, and environmental organizations. The Inventory is peer-
reviewed annually by domestic experts, undergoes a 30-day public
comment period, and is also peer-reviewed annually by UNFCCC review teams.
    The most recent GHG inventory submitted to the UNFCCC, the
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks: 1990-2006 (April
2008), estimated that total U.S. GHG emissions were 7,054.2 million
metric tons of CO2e in 2006. Overall emissions have grown by
15 percent from 1990 to 2006. CO2 emissions have increased
by 18 percent since 1990. CH4 emissions have decreased by 8
percent since 1990, while N2O emissions have decreased by 4
percent since 1990. Emissions of HFCs, PFCs, and SF6 have
increased by 64 percent since 1990. The combustion of fossil fuels
(i.e., petroleum, coal, and natural gas) was the largest source of GHG
emissions in the U.S., and accounted for approximately 80 percent of
total CO2e emissions.
    The Inventory is a comprehensive top-down national assessment of
national GHG emissions, and it uses top-down national energy data and
other national statistics (e.g., on agriculture). To achieve the goal
of comprehensive national emissions coverage for reporting under the
UNFCCC, most GHG emissions in the report are calculated via activity
data from national-level databases, statistics, and surveys. The use of
the aggregated national data means that the national emissions
estimates are not broken-down at the geographic or facility level. In
contrast, this reporting rule focuses on bottom-up data and individual
sources above appropriate thresholds. Although it would provide more
specific data, it would not provide full coverage of total annual U.S.
GHG emissions, as is required in the development of the Inventory in
reporting to the UNFCCC.
    The mandatory GHG reporting rule would help to improve the
development of future national inventories for particular source
categories or sectors by advancing the understanding of emission
processes and monitoring methodologies. Facility, unit, and process
level GHG emissions data for industrial sources would improve the
accuracy of the Inventory by confirming the national statistics and
emission estimation methodologies used to develop the top-down
inventory. The results can indicate shortcomings in the national
statistics and identify where adjustments may be needed.
    Therefore, although the data collected under this rule would not
replace the system in place to produce the comprehensive annual
national Inventory, it can serve as a useful tool to better improve the
accuracy of future national-level inventories.
    At the same time, EPA solicits comment on whether the submission of
the Inventory to the UNFCCC could be utilized to satisfy the
requirements of the rule promulgated by EPA pursuant to the FY2008
Consolidated Appropriations Act.
    For more information about the Inventory, please refer to the
following Web site: http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/emissions/
usinventoryreport.html.

E. How does this proposal relate to U.S. government and other climate
change efforts?

    The proposed mandatory GHG reporting program would provide EPA,
other government agencies, and outside stakeholders with economy-wide
data on facility-level (and in some cases corporate-level) GHG
emissions. Accurate and timely information on GHG emissions is
essential for informing some future climate change policy decisions.
Although additional data collection (e.g., for other source categories
such as indirect emissions or offsets) may be required as the
development of climate policies evolves, the data collected in this
rule would provide useful information for a variety of policies. For
example, through data collected under this rule, EPA would gain a
better understanding of the relative emissions of specific industries,
and the distribution of emissions from individual facilities within
those industries. The facility-specific data would also improve our
understanding of the factors that influence GHG emission rates and
actions that facilities are already taking to reduce emissions. In
addition, the data collected on some source categories such as
landfills and manure management, which can be covered by the CAA, could
also potentially help inform offset program design by providing
fundamental data on current baseline emissions for these categories.
    Through this rulemaking, EPA would be able to track the trend of
emissions from industries and facilities within

[[Page 16456]]

industries over time, particularly in response to policies and
potential regulations. The data collected by this rule would also
improve the U.S. government's ability to formulate a set of climate
change policy options and to assess which industries would be affected,
and how these industries would be affected by the options. Finally,
EPA's experience with other reporting programs is that such programs
raise awareness of emissions among reporters and other stakeholders,
and thus contribute to efforts to identify reduction opportunities and
carry them out.
    The goal is to have this GHG reporting program supplement and
complement, rather than duplicate, U.S. government and other GHG
programs (e.g., State and Regional based programs). As discussed in
Section I.D of this preamble, EPA anticipates that facility-level GHG
emissions data would lead to improvements in the quality of the Inventory.
    As discussed in Section II of this preamble, a number of EPA
voluntary partnership programs include a GHG emissions and/or
reductions reporting component (e.g., Climate Leaders, the Natural Gas
STAR program). Because this mandatory reporting program would have much
broader coverage than the voluntary programs, it would help EPA learn
more about emissions from facilities not currently included in these
programs and broaden coverage of these industries.
    Also discussed in Section II of this preamble, DOE EIA implements a
voluntary GHG registry under section 1605(b) of the Energy Policy Act.
Under EIA's ``1605(b) program,'' reporters can choose to prepare an
entity-wide GHG inventory and identify specific GHG reductions made by
the entity.\6\ EPA's proposed mandatory GHG program would have a much
broader set of reporters included, primarily at the facility \7\ rather
than entity-level, but this proposed rule is not designed with the specific
intent of reporting of emission reductions, as is the 1605(b) program.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ Under the 1605(b) program an ``entity'' is defined as ``the
whole or part of any business, institution, organization or
household that is recognized as an entity under any U.S. Federal,
State or local law that applies to it; is located, at least in part,
in the U.S.; and whose operations affect U.S. greenhouse gas
emissions.'' (http://www.pi.energy.gov/enhancingGHGregistry/)
    \7\ For the purposes of this proposal, facility means any
physical property, plant, building, structure, source, or stationary
equipment located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties
in actual physical contact or separated solely by a public roadway
or other public right-of-way and under common ownership or common
control, that emits or may emit any greenhouse gas. Operators of
military installations may classify such installations as more than
a single facility based on distinct and independent functional
groupings within contiguous military properties.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Again, in Section II, existing State and Regional GHG reporting and
reduction programs are summarized. Many of those programs may be
broader in scope and more aggressive in implementation. States
collecting that additional information may have determined that types
of data not collected by this proposal are necessary to implement a
variety of climate efforts. While EPA's proposal was specifically
developed in response to the Appropriations Act, we also acknowledge,
similar to the States, there may be a need to collect additional data
from sources subject to this rule as well as other sources depending on
the types of policies the Agency is developing and implementing (e.g.,
indirect emissions and offsets). Addressing climate change may require
a suite of policies and programs and this proposal for a mandatory
reporting program is just one effort to collect information necessary
to inform those policies. There may well be subsequent efforts
depending on future policy direction and/or requests from Congress.

F. How does this proposal relate to EPA's Climate Change ANPR?

    On July 30, 2008, EPA published an ANPR on ``Regulating Greenhouse
Gas Emissions under the Clean Air Act'' (73 FR 44354). The ANPR
presented information relevant to, and solicited public comment on,
issues regarding the potential regulation of GHGs under the CAA,
including EPA's response to the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in
Massachusetts v. EPA. 127 S.Ct. 1438 (2007). EPA's proposing the
mandatory GHG reporting rule does not indicate that EPA has made any
final decisions related to the questions identified in the ANPR. Any
information collected under the mandatory GHG reporting program would
assist EPA and others in developing future climate policy.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ At this time, a regulation requiring the reporting of GHG
emissions and emissions-related data under CAA sections 114 and 208
does not trigger the need for EPA to develop or revise regulations
under any other section of the CAA, including the PSD program. See
memorandum entitled ``EPA's Interpretation of Regulations that
Determine Pollutants Covered By Federal Prevention of Significant
Deterioration (PSD) Permit Program'' (Dec. 18, 2008). EPA is
reconsidering this memorandum and will be seeking public comment on
the issues raised in it. That proceeding, not this rulemaking, would
be the appropriate venue for submitting comments on the issue of
whether monitoring regulations under the CAA should trigger the PSD program.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

G. How was this proposed rule developed?

    In response to the FY2008 Consolidated Appropriations Amendment,
EPA has developed this proposed rulemaking. The components of this
development are explained in the following subsections.
1. Identifying the Goals of the GHG Reporting System
    The mandatory reporting program would provide comprehensive and
accurate data which would inform future climate change policies.
Potential future climate policies include research and development
initiatives, economic incentives, new or expanded voluntary programs,
adaptation strategies, emission standards, a carbon tax, or a cap-and-
trade program. Because we do not know at this time the specific
policies that may be adopted, the data reported through the mandatory
reporting system should be of sufficient quality to support a range of
approaches. Also, consistent with the Appropriations Act, the reporting
rule proposes to cover a broad range of sectors of the economy.
    To these ends, we identified the following goals of the mandatory
reporting system:
    • Obtain data that is of sufficient quality that it can be
used to support a range of future climate change policies and regulations.
    • Balance the rule coverage to maximize the amount of
emissions reported while excluding small emitters.
    • Create reporting requirements that are consistent with
existing GHG reporting programs by using existing GHG emission
estimation and reporting methodologies to reduce reporting burden,
where feasible.
2. Developing the Proposed Rule
    In order to ensure a comprehensive consideration of GHG emissions,
EPA organized the development of the proposal around seven categories
of processes that emit GHGs: Downstream sources of emissions: (1)
Fossil Fuel Combustion: Stationary, (2) Fossil Fuel Combustion: Mobile,
(3) Industrial Processes, (4) Fossil Fuel Fugitive \9\ Emissions, (5)
Biological Processes and Upstream sources of emissions: (6) Fuel

[[Page 16457]]

Suppliers, and (7) Industrial GHG Suppliers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ The term ``fugitive'' often refers to emissions that cannot
reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent or other functionally
equivalent opening. This definition of fugitives is used throughout
the preamble, except in Section W Oil and Natural Gas Systems, which
uses a slightly modified definition based on the Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For each category, EPA evaluated the requirements of existing GHG
reporting programs, obtained input from stakeholders, analyzed
reporting options, and developed the general reporting requirements and
specific requirements for each of the GHG emitting processes.
3. Evaluation of Existing GHG Reporting Programs
    A number of State and regional GHG reporting systems currently are
in place or under development. EPA's goal is to develop a reporting
rule that, to the extent possible and appropriate, would rely on
similar protocols and formats of the existing programs and, therefore,
reduce the burden of reporting for all parties involved. Therefore,
each of the work groups performed a comprehensive review of existing
voluntary and mandatory GHG reporting programs, as well as guidance
documents for quantifying GHG emissions from specific sources. These
GHG reporting programs and guidance documents included the following:
    • International programs, including the IPCC, the EU
Emissions Trading System, and the Environment Canada reporting rule;
    • U.S. national programs, such as the U.S. GHG inventory,
the ARP, voluntary GHG partnership programs (e.g., Natural Gas STAR),
and the DOE 1605(b) voluntary GHG registry;
    • State and regional GHG reporting programs, such as TCR,
RGGI, and programs in California, New Mexico, and New Jersey;
    • Reporting protocols developed by nongovernmental
organizations, such as WRI/WBCSD; and
    • Programs from industrial trade organizations, such as the
American Petroleum Institute's Compendium of GHG Estimation
Methodologies for the Oil and Gas Industry and the Cement
Sustainability Initiative's CO2 Accounting and Reporting
Standard for the Cement Industry, developed by WBCSD.
    In reviewing these programs, we analyzed the sectors covered,
thresholds for reporting, approach to indirect emissions reporting, the
monitoring or emission estimating methods used, the measures to assure
the quality of the reported data, the point of monitoring, data input
needs, and information required to be reported and/or retained. We
analyzed these provisions for suitability to a mandatory, Federal GHG
reporting program, and compiled the information. The full review of
existing GHG reporting programs and guidance may be found in the docket
at EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-054. Section II of this preamble summarizes the
fundamental elements of these programs.
4. Stakeholder Outreach To Identify Reporting Issues
    Early in the development process, we conducted a proactive
communications outreach program to inform the public about the rule
development effort. We solicited input and maintained an open door
policy for those interested in discussing the rulemaking. Since January
2008, EPA staff held more than 100 meetings with over 250 stakeholders.
These stakeholders included:
    • Trade associations and firms in potentially affected industries/sectors;
    • State, local, and Tribal environmental control agencies
and regional air quality planning organizations;
    • State and regional organizations already involved in GHG
emissions reporting, such as TCR, CARB, and WCI;
    • Environmental groups and other nongovernmental organizations.
    • We also met with DOE and USDA which have programs relevant
to GHG emissions.
    During the meetings, we shared information about the statutory
requirements and timetable for developing a rule. Stakeholders were
encouraged to provide input on key issues. Examples of topics discussed
were, existing GHG monitoring and reporting programs and lessons
learned, thresholds for reporting, schedule for reporting, scope of
reporting, handling of confidential data, data verification, and the
role of States in administering the program. As needed, the technical
work groups followed up with these stakeholder groups on a variety of
methodological, technical, and policy issues. EPA staff also provided
information to Tribes through conference calls with different Indian
working groups and organizations at EPA and through individual calls
with Tribal board members of TCR.
    For a full list of organizations EPA met with during development of
this proposal, see the memo found at EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-055.

II. Summary of Existing Federal, State, and Regional Emission Reporting
Programs

    A number of voluntary and mandatory GHG programs already exist or
are being developed at the State, Regional, and Federal levels. These
programs have different scopes and purposes. Many focus on GHG emission
reduction, whereas others are purely reporting programs. In addition to
the GHG programs, other Federal emission reporting programs and
emission inventories are relevant to the proposed GHG reporting rule.
Several of these programs are summarized in this section.
    In developing the proposed rule, we carefully reviewed the existing
reporting programs, particularly with respect to emissions sources
covered, thresholds, monitoring methods, frequency of reporting and
verification. States may have, or intend to develop, reporting programs
that are broader in scope or are more aggressive in implementation
because those programs are either components of established reduction
programs (e.g., cap and trade) or being used to design and inform
specific complementary measures (e.g., energy efficiency). EPA has
benefitted from the leadership the States have shown in developing
these programs and their experiences. Discussions with States that have
already implemented programs have been especially instructive. Where
possible, we built upon concepts in existing Federal and State programs
in developing the mandatory GHG reporting rule.

A. Federal Voluntary GHG Programs

    EPA and other Federal agencies operate a number of voluntary GHG
reporting and reduction programs that EPA reviewed when developing this
proposal, including Climate Leaders, several Non-CO2
voluntary programs, the CHP partnership, the SmartWay Transport
Partnership program, the National Environmental Performance Track
Partnership, and the DOE 1605(b) voluntary GHG registry. There are
several other Federal voluntary programs to encourage emissions
reductions, clean energy, or energy efficiency, and this summary does
not cover them all. This summary focuses on programs that include
voluntary GHG emission inventories or reporting of GHG emission
reduction activities for sectors covered by this proposed rulemaking.
    Climate Leaders.\10\ Climate Leaders is an EPA partnership program
that works with companies to develop GHG reduction strategies. Over 250
industry partners in a wide range of sectors have joined. Partner
companies complete a corporate-wide inventory of GHG emissions and
develop an inventory management plan using Climate Leaders protocols.
Each company sets GHG reductions goals and submits to EPA an

[[Page 16458]]

annual GHG emissions inventory documenting their progress. The annual
reporting form provides corporate-wide emissions by type of emissions source.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ For more information about the Climate Leaders program
please see: http://www.epa.gov/climateleaders/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-CO2 Voluntary Partnership Programs.\11\ Since the
1990s, EPA has operated a number of non-CO2 voluntary
partnership programs aimed at reducing emissions from GHGs such as
CH4, SF66, and PFCs. There are four
sector-specific voluntary CH4 reduction programs: Natural
Gas STAR, Landfill Methane Outreach Program, Coalbed Methane Outreach
Program and AgSTAR. In addition, there are sector-specific voluntary
emission reduction partnerships for high GWP gases. The Natural Gas
STAR partnership encourages companies across the natural gas and oil
industries to adopt practices that reduce CH4 emissions. The
Landfill Methane Outreach Program and Coalbed Methane Outreach Program
encourage voluntary capture and use of landfill and coal mine
CH4, respectively, to generate electricity or other useful
energy. These partnerships focus on achieving CH4
reductions. Industry partners voluntarily provide technical information
on projects they undertake to reduce CH4 emissions on an
annual basis, but they do not submit CH4 emissions
inventories. AgSTAR encourages beneficial use of agricultural
CH4 but does not have partner reporting requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ For more information about the Non-CO2 Voluntary Partnership
Programs please see: http://www.epa.gov/nonco2/voluntaryprograms.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are two sector specific partnerships to reduce SF6
emissions: The SF6 Emission Reduction Partnership for
Electric Power Systems, with over 80 participating utilities, and an
SF6 Emission Reduction Partnership for the Magnesium
Industry. Partners in these programs implement practices to reduce
SF6 emissions and prepare corporate-wide annual inventories
of SF6 emissions using protocols and reporting tools
developed by EPA. There are also two partnerships focused on PFCs. The
Voluntary Aluminum Industrial Partnership promotes technically feasible
and cost effective actions to reduce PFC emissions. Industry partners
track and report PFC emissions reductions. Similarly, the Semiconductor
Industry Association and EPA formed a partnership to reduce PFC
emissions. A third party compiles data from participating semiconductor
companies and submits an aggregate (not company-specific) annual PFC
emissions report.
    CHP Partnership.\12\ The CHP Partnership is an EPA partnership that
cuts across sectors. It encourages use of CHP technologies to generate
electricity and heat from the same fuel source, thereby increasing
energy efficiency and reducing GHG emissions from fuel combustion.
Corporate and institutional partners provide data on existing and new
CHP projects, but do not submit emissions inventories.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ For more information about the CHP Partnership please see:
http://www.epa.gov/chp/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SmartWay Transport Partnership.\13\ The SmartWay Transport
Partnership program is a voluntary partnership between freight industry
stakeholders and EPA to promote fuel efficiency improvements and GHG
emissions reductions. Over 900 companies have joined including freight
carriers (railroads and trucking fleets) and shipping companies.
Carrier and shipping companies commit to measuring and improving the
efficiency of their freight operations using EPA-developed tools that
quantify the benefits of a number of fuel-saving strategies. Companies
report progress annually. The GHG data that carrier companies report to
EPA is discussed further in Section V.QQ.4b of this preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ For more information about SmartWay please see: 
http://www.epa.gov/smartway/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    National Environmental Performance Track Partnership.\14\ The
Performance Track Partnership is a voluntary partnership that
recognizes and rewards private and public facilities that demonstrate
strong environmental performance beyond current requirements.
Performance Track is designed to augment the existing regulatory system
by creating incentives for facilities to achieve environmental results
beyond those required by law. To qualify, applicants must have
implemented an independently-assessed environmental management system,
have a record of sustained compliance with environmental laws and
regulations, commit to achieving measurable environmental results that
go beyond compliance, and provide information to the local community on
their environmental activities. Members are subject to the same legal
requirements as other regulated facilities. In some cases, EPA and
states have reduced routine reporting or given some flexibility to
program members in how they meet regulatory requirements. This approach
is recognized by more than 20 states that have adopted similar
performance-based leadership programs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ For more information about Performance Track please see:
http://www.epa.gov/perftrac/index.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1605(b) Voluntary Registry.\15\ The DOE EIA established a voluntary
GHG registry under section 1605(b) of the Energy Policy Act of 1992.
The program was recently enhanced and a final rule containing general
reporting guidelines was published on April 21, 2006 (71 FR 20784). The
rule is contained in 10 CFR part 300. Unlike EPA's proposal which
requires of reporting of GHG emissions from facilities over a specific
threshold, the DOE 1605(b) registry allows anyone (e.g., a public
entity, private company, or an individual) to report on their emissions
and their emission reduction projects to the registry. Large emitters
(e.g., anyone that emits over 10,000 tons of CO2e per year)
that wish to register emissions reductions must submit annual company-
wide GHG emissions inventories following technical guidelines published
by DOE and must calculate and report net GHG emissions reductions. The
program offers a range of reporting methodologies from stringent direct
measurement to simplified calculations using default factors and allows
the reporters to report using the methodological option they choose. In
addition, as mentioned above, unlike EPA's proposal, sequestration and
offset projects can also be reported under the 1605(b) program. There
is additional flexibility offered to small sources who can choose to
limit annual inventories and emission reduction reports to just a
single type of activity rather than reporting company-wide GHG
emissions, but must still follow the technical guidelines. Reported
data are made available on the Web in a public use database.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ For more information about DOE's 1605(b) programs please
see: http://www.pi.energy.gov/enhancingGHGregistry/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Summary. These voluntary programs are different in nature from the
proposed mandatory GHG emissions reporting rule. Industry participation
in the programs and reporting to the programs is entirely voluntary. A
small number of sources report, compared to the number of facilities
that would likely be affected by the proposed mandatory GHG reporting
rule. Most of the EPA voluntary programs do not require reporting of
annual emissions data, but are instead intended to encourage GHG
reduction projects/activities and track partner's successes in
implementing such projects. For the programs that do include annual
emissions reporting (e.g., Climate Leaders, DOE 1605(b)) the scope and
level of detail are different. For example, Climate Leaders annual
reports are generally corporate-wide and do not contain the facility
and process-

[[Page 16459]]

level details that would be needed by a mandatory program to verify the
accuracy of the emissions reports.
    At the same time, aspects of the voluntary programs serve as useful
starting points for the mandatory GHG reporting rules. GHG emission
calculation principles and protocols have been developed for various
types of emission sources by Climate Leaders, the DOE 1605(b) program,
and some partnerships such as the SF6 reduction partnerships
and SmartWay. Under these protocols, reporting companies monitor
process or operating parameters to estimate GHG emissions, report
annually, and retain records to document their GHG estimates. Through
the voluntary programs, EPA, DOE, and participating companies have
gained understanding of processes that emit GHGs and experience in
developing and reviewing GHG emission inventories.

B. Federal Mandatory Reporting Programs

    Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOX) Trading Programs.
The ARP and the NOX Budget Trading Program are cap-and-trade
programs designed to reduce emissions of SO2 and
NOX\16\. As a part of those programs facilities with EGUs
that serve a generator larger than 25 MW are required to report
emissions. The 40 CFR part 75 CEMS rule establishes monitoring and
reporting requirements under these programs. The regulations in 40 CFR
part 75 require continuous monitoring and quarterly and annual
emissions reporting of CO2 mass emissions,\17\
SO2 mass emissions, NOX emission rate, and heat
input. Part 75 contains specifications for the types of monitoring
systems that may be used to determine CO2 emissions and sets
forth operations, maintenance, and QA/QC requirement for each system.
In some cases, EGUs are allowed to use simplified procedures other than
CEMS (e.g., monitoring fuel feed rates and conducting periodic sampling
and analyses of fuel carbon content) to determine CO2
emissions. Under the regulations, affected EGUs must submit detailed
quarterly and annual CO2 emissions reports using
standardized electronic reporting formats. If CEMS are used, the
quarterly reports include hourly CEMS data and other information used
to calculate emissions (e.g., monitor downtime). If alternative
monitoring programs are used, detailed data used to calculate
CO2 emissions must be reported.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ For more information about these cap and trade programs see
http://www.epa.gov/airmarkt/.
    \17\ The requirements regarding CO2 emissions
reporting apply only to ARP sources and are pursuant to section 821
of the CAA Amendments of 1990, Public Law 101-549.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The joint explanatory statement accompanying the FY2008
Consolidated Appropriations Amendment specified that EPA could use the
existing reporting requirements for electric generating units under
section 821 of the 1990 CAA Amendments.\18\ As described in Sections
V.C. and V.D. of this preamble, because the part 75 regulations already
require reporting of high quality CO2 data from EGUs, the
GHG reporting rule proposes to use the same CO2 data rather
than require additional reporting of CO2 from EGUs. They
would, however, have to include reporting of the other GHG emissions,
such as CH4 and N2O, at their facilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ The joint explanatory statement refers to ``Section 821 of
the Clean Air Act'' but section 821 was part of the 1990 CAA
Amendments not codified into the CAA itself.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    TRI. TRI requires facility-level reporting of annual mass emissions
of approximately 650 toxic chemicals.\19\ If they are above established
thresholds, facilities in a wide range of industries report including
manufacturing industries, metal and coal mining, electric utilities,
and other industrial sectors. Facilities must submit annual reports of
total stack and fugitive emissions of the listed toxic chemicals using
a standardized form which can be submitted electronically. No
information is reported on the processes and emissions points included
in the total emissions. The data reported to TRI are not directly
useful for the GHG rule because TRI does not include GHG emissions and
does not identify processes or emissions sources. However, the TRI
program is similar to the proposed GHG reporting rule in that it
requires direct emissions reporting from a large number of facilities
(roughly 23,000) across all major industrial sectors. Therefore, EPA
reviewed the TRI program for ideas regarding program structure and
implementation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ For more information about TRI and what chemicals are on
the list, please see: http://www.epa.gov/tri/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Vehicle Reporting. EPA's existing criteria pollutant emissions
certification regulations, as well as the fuel economy testing
regulations which EPA administers as part of the CAFE program, require
vehicle manufacturers to measure and report CO2 for
essentially all of their light duty vehicles. In addition, many engine
manufacturers currently measure CO2 as an integral part of
calculating emissions of criteria pollutants, and some report
CO2 emissions to EPA in some form.

C. EPA Emissions Inventories

    U.S. Inventory of Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks. As discussed
in Section I.D of this preamble, EPA prepares the U.S. Inventory of
Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks every year. The details of this
Inventory, the methodologies used to calculate emissions and its
relationship to this proposal are discussed in Section I.D of this preamble.
    NEI. \20\ EPA compiles the NEI, a database of air emissions
information provided primarily by State and local air agencies and
Tribes. The database contains information on stationary and mobile
sources that emit criteria air pollutants and their precursors, as well
as hazardous air pollutants. Stationary point source emissions that
must be inventoried and reported are those that emit over a threshold
amount of at least one criteria pollutant. Many States also inventory
and report stationary sources that emit amounts below the thresholds
for each pollutant. The NEI includes over 60,000 facilities. The
information that is required consists of facility identification
information; process information detailing the types of air pollution
emission sources; air pollution emission estimates (including annual
emissions); control devices in place; stack parameters; and location
information. The NEI differs from the proposed GHG reporting rule in
that the NEI contains no GHG data, and the data are reported primarily
by State agencies rather than directly reported by industries.\21\
However, in developing the proposed rule, EPA used the NEI to help
determine sources that might need to report under the GHG reporting
rule. We considered the types of facility, process and activity data
reported in NEI to support the emissions data as a possible model for
the types of data to be reported under the GHG reporting rule. We also
considered systems that could be used to link data reported under the
GHG rule with data for the same facilities in the NEI.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ For more information about the NEI please see: www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/.
    \21\ As discussed in section IV of the preamble, tropospheric
ozone (O3) is a GHG. The precursors to tropospheric
O3 (e.g., NOX, VOCs, etc) are reported to the NEI by
States and then EPA models tropospheric O3 based on that
precursor data.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Regional and State Voluntary Programs for GHG Emissions Reporting

    A number of States have demonstrated leadership and developed
corporate voluntary GHG reporting programs individually or joined with
other States to develop GHG reporting programs as part of their
approaches to addressing GHG emissions. EPA has

[[Page 16460]]

benefitted from this leadership and the States' experiences;
discussions with those that have already implemented programs have been
especially instructive. Section V of the preamble describes the
proposed methods for each source category. The different options
considered have been particularly informed by the States' expertise.
This section of the preamble summarizes two prominent voluntary
efforts. In developing the greenhouse rules, EPA reviewed the relevant
protocols used by these programs as a starting point. We recognize that
these programs may have additional monitoring and reporting
requirements than those outlined in the proposed rule in order to
provide distinct program benefits.
    CCAR.\22\ CCAR is a voluntary GHG registry already in use in
California. CCAR has released several methodology documents including a
general reporting protocol, general certification (verification)
protocol, and several sector-specific protocols. Companies submit
emissions reports using a standardized electronic system. Emission
reports may be aggregated at the company level or reported at the
facility level.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ For more information about CCAR please see: 
http://www.climateregistry.org/. Exit Disclaimer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    TCR.\23\ TCR is a partnership formed by U.S. and Mexican States,
Canadian provinces, and Tribes to develop standard GHG emissions
measurement and verification protocols and a reporting system capable
of supporting mandatory or voluntary GHG emission reporting rules and
policies for its member States. TCR has released a General Reporting
Protocol that contains procedures to measure and calculate GHG
emissions from a wide range of source categories. They have also
released a general verification protocol, and an electronic reporting
system. Founding reporters (companies and other organizations that have
agreed to voluntarily report their GHG emissions) implemented a pilot
reporting program in 2008. Annual reports would be submitted covering
six GHGs. Corporations must report facility-specific emissions, broken
out by type of emission source (e.g., stationary combustion,
electricity use, direct process emissions) within the facility.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ For more information about TCR please see: 
http://www.theclimateregistry.org/. Exit Disclaimer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

E. State and Regional Mandatory Programs for GHG Emissions Reporting
and Reduction

    Several individual States and regional groups of States have
demonstrated leadership and are developing or have developed mandatory
GHG reporting programs and GHG emissions control programs. This section
of the preamble summarizes two regional cap-and-trade programs and
several State mandatory reporting rules. We recognize that, like the
current voluntary regional and State programs, State and regional
mandatory reporting programs may evolve or develop to include
additional monitoring and reporting requirements than those included in
the proposed rule. In fact, these programs may be broader in scope or
more aggressive in implementation because the programs are either
components of established reduction programs (e.g., cap and trade) or
being used to design and inform specific complementary measures (e.g.,
energy efficiency).
    RGGI.\24\ RGGI is a regional cap-and-trade program that covers
CO2 emissions from EGUs that serve a generator greater than
25 MW in member States in the mid-Atlantic and Northeast. The program
goal is to reduce CO2 emissions to 10 percent below 1990
levels by the year 2020. RGGI will utilize the CO2 reported
to and verified by EPA under 40 CFR part 75 to determine compliance of
the EGUs in the cap-and-trade program. In addition, the EGUs in RGGI
that are not currently reporting to EPA under the ARP and NOX Budget
program (e.g., co-generation facilities) will start reporting their
CO2 data to EPA for QA/QC, similar to the sources already
reporting. Certain types of offset projects will be allowed, and GHG
offset protocols have been developed. The States participating in RGGI
have adopted State rules (based on the model rule) to implement RGGI in
each State. The RGGI cap-and-trade program took effect on January 1, 2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ For more information about RGGI please see: 
http://www.rggi.org/. Exit Disclaimer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    WCI.\25\ WCI is another regional cap-and-trade program being
developed by a group of Western States and Canadian provinces. The goal
is to reduce GHG emissions to 15 percent below 2005 levels by the year
2020. Draft options papers and program scope papers were released in
early 2008, public comments were reviewed, and final program design
recommendations were made in September 2008. Other elements of the
program, such as reporting requirements, market operations, and offset
program development continues. Several source categories are being
considered for inclusion in the cap and trade framework. The program
might be phased in, starting with a few source categories and adding
others over time. Points of regulation for some source categories,
calculation methodologies, and other reporting program elements are
under development. The WCI is also analyzing alternative or
complementary policies other than cap-and-trade that could help reach
GHG reduction goals. Options for rule implementation and for
coordination with other rules and programs such as TCR are being investigated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ For more information about WCI please see: 
http://www.westernclimateinitiative.org/. Exit Disclaimer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A key difference between the Federal mandatory GHG reporting rule
and the RGGI and WCI programs is that the Federal mandatory GHG rule is
solely a reporting requirement. It does not in any way regulate GHG
emissions or require any emissions reductions.
    State Mandatory GHG Reporting Rules. Seventeen States have
developed, or are developing, mandatory GHG reporting rules.\26\ The
docket contains a summary of these State mandatory rules (EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508-056). Final rules have not yet been developed by some of the
States, so details of some programs are unknown. Reporting requirements
have taken effect in twelve States as of 2009; the rest start between
2010 and 2012. Reporting is typically annual, although some States
require quarterly reporting for EGUs, consistent with RGGI and the ARP.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ These include: California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware,
Hawaii, Iowa, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
Mexico, North Carolina, Oregon, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia,
and Wisconsin.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    State rules differ with regard to which facilities must report and
which GHGs must be reported. Some States require all facilities that
must obtain Title V permits to report GHG emissions. Others require
reporting for particular sectors (e.g., large EGUs, cement plants,
refineries). Some State rules apply to any facility with stationary
combustion sources that emit a threshold level of CO2. Some
apply to any facility, or to facilities within listed industries, if
their emissions exceed a specified threshold level of CO2e.
Many of the State rules apply to six GHGs (CO2,
CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6); others
apply only to CO2 or a subset of the six gases. Most require
reporting at the facility level, or by unit or process within a facility.
    The level of specificity regarding GHG monitoring and calculation
methods varies. Some of the States refer to use of protocols
established by TCR or CCAR. Others look to industry-specific protocols
(such as methods developed by the American Petroleum Institute), to
accepted international methodologies such as IPCC, and/or to emission
factors in EPA's Compilation of Air Pollutant

[[Page 16461]]

Emission Factors (known as AP-42 \27\) or other EPA guidance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ See Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Fifth
Edition: www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/index.html_ac/index.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    California Mandatory GHG Reporting Rule.\28\ CARB's mandatory
reporting rule is an example of a State rule that covers multiple
source categories and contains relatively detailed requirements,
similar to this proposal developed by EPA. According to the CARB
proposed rule (originally proposed October 19, 2007, and revised on
December 5, 2007), monitoring must start on January 1, 2009, and the
first reports will be submitted in 2010. The rule requires facility-
level reporting of all GHGs, except PFCs, from cement manufacturing
plants, electric power generation and retail, cogeneration plants,
petroleum refineries, hydrogen plants, and facilities with stationary
combustion sources emitting greater than 25,000 tons CO2 per
year. California requires 40 CFR part 75 data for EGUs. The California
rule contains specific GHG estimation methods that are largely
consistent with CCAR protocols, and also rely on American Petroleum
Institute protocols and IPCC/EU protocols for certain types of sources.
California continues to participate in other national and regional
efforts, such as TCR and WCI, to assist with developing consistent
reporting tools and procedures on a national and regional basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ For more information about CA mandatory reporting program
please see: http://www.arb.ca.gov/cc/reporting/ghg-rep/ghg-rep.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

F. How the Proposed Mandatory GHG Reporting Program Is Different From
the Federal and State Programs EPA Reviewed

    The various existing State and Federal programs EPA reviewed are
diverse. They apply to different industries, have different thresholds,
require different pollutants and different types of emissions sources
to be reported, rely on different monitoring protocols, and require
different types of data to be reported, depending on the purposes of
each program. None of the existing programs require nationwide,
mandatory GHG reporting by facilities in a large number of sectors, so
EPA's proposed mandatory GHG rule development effort is unique in this regard.
    Although the mandatory GHG rule is unique, EPA carefully considered
other Federal and State programs during development of the proposed
rule. Documentation of our review of GHG monitoring protocols for each
source category used by Federal, State, and international voluntary and
mandatory GHG programs, and our review of State mandatory GHG rules can
be found at EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-056. The proposed monitoring and GHG
calculation methodologies for many source categories are the same as,
or similar to, the methodologies contained in State reporting programs
such as TCR, CCAR, and State mandatory GHG reporting rules and similar
to methodologies developed by EPA voluntary programs such as Climate
Leaders. The reporting requirements set forth in 40 CFR part 75 are
also being used for this proposed rule. Similarity in proposed methods
would help maximize the ability of individual reporters to submit the
emissions calculations to multiple programs, if desired. EPA also
continues to work closely with States and State-based groups to ensure
that the data management approach in this proposal would lead to
efficient submission of data to multiple programs. Section V of this
preamble includes further information on the selection of monitoring
methods for each source category.
    The intent of this proposed rule is to collect accurate and
consistent GHG emissions data that can be used to inform future
decisions. One goal in developing the rule is to utilize and be
consistent with the GHG protocols and requirements of other State and
Federal programs, where appropriate, to make use of existing
cooperative efforts and reduce the burden to facilities submitting
reports to other programs. However, we also need to be sure the
mandatory reporting rule collects facility-specific data of sufficient
quality to achieve the Agency's objectives for this rule. Therefore,
some reporting requirements of this proposed rule are different from
the State programs. The remaining sections of this preamble further
describe the proposed rule requirements and EPA's rationale for all of
the requirements.
    EPA seeks comment on whether the conclusions drawn during its
review of existing programs are accurate and invites data to
demonstrate if, and if so how, the goals and objectives of this
proposed mandatory reporting system could be met through existing
programs. In particular, comments should address how existing programs
meet the breadth of sources reporting, thresholds for reporting,
consistency and stringency of methods for reporting, level of
reporting, frequency of reporting and verification of reports included
in this proposal.

III. Summary of the General Requirements of the Proposed Rule

    The proposed rule would require reporting of annual emissions of
CO2, CH4, N2O, SF6, HFCs,
PFCs, and other fluorinated gases (as defined in proposed 40 CFR part
98, subpart A). The rule would apply to certain downstream facilities
that emit GHGs, upstream suppliers of fossil fuels and industrial GHGs,
and manufacturers of vehicles and engines.\29\ We are proposing that
reporting be at the facility \30\ level, except that certain suppliers
of fossil fuels and industrial gases and manufacturers of vehicles and
engines would report at the corporate level.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ We are proposing to incorporate the reporting requirements
for manufacturers of motor vehicles and engines into the existing
reporting requirements of 40 CFR parts 86, 89, 90, 91, 92, 94, 1033,
1039, 1042, 1045, 1048, 1051, and 1054.
    \30\ For the purposes of this proposal, facility means any
physical property, plant, building, structure, source, or stationary
equipment located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties
in actual physical contact or separated solely by a public roadway
or other public right-of-way and under common ownership or common
control, that emits or may emit any greenhouse gas. Operators of
military installations may classify such installations as more than
a single facility based on distinct and independent functional
groupings within contiguous military properties.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. Who must report?

    Owners and operators of the following facilities and supply
operations would submit annual GHG emission reports under the proposal:

• A facility that contains any of the source categories listed
below in any calendar year starting in 2010. For these facilities, the
GHG emission report would cover all sources in any source category for
which calculation methodologies are provided in proposed 40 CFR part
98, subparts B through JJ.
    --Electricity generating facilities that are subject to the ARP, or
that contain electric generating units that collectively emit 25,000
metric tons of CO2e or more per year.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ This does not include portable equipment or generating
units designated as emergency generators in a permit issued by a
state or local air pollution control agency. As described in section
V.C of the preamble we are taking comment on whether or not a permit
should be required.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    --Adipic acid production.
    --Aluminum production.
    --Ammonia manufacturing.
    --Cement production.
    --Electronics--Semiconductor, MEMS, and LCD (LCD) manufacturing
facilities with an annual production capacity that exceeds any of the
thresholds listed in this paragraph--Semiconductors:

[[Page 16462]]

1,080 m\2\ silicon, MEMS: 1,202 m\2\ silicon, LCD: 235,700 m\2\ LCD.
    --Electric power systems that include electrical equipment with a
total nameplace capacity that exceeds 17,820 lbs (7,838 kg) of SF6 or PFCs.
    --HCFC-22 production.
    --HFC-23 destruction processes that are not colocated with a HCFC-
22 production facility and that destroy more than 2.14 metric tons of
HFC-23 per year.
    --Lime manufacturing.
    --Nitric acid production.
    --Petrochemical production.
    --Petroleum refineries.
    --Phosphoric acid production.
    --Silicon carbide production.
    --Soda ash production.
    --Titanium dioxide production.
    --Underground coal mines that are subject to quarterly or more
frequent sampling by MSHA of ventilation systems.
    --Municipal landfills that generate CH4 in amounts
equivalent to 25,000 metric tons CO2e or more per year.
    --Manure management systems that emit CH4 and
N2O in amounts equivalent to 25,000 metric tons
CO2e or more per year.
• Any facility that emits 25,000 metric tons CO2e or
more per year in combined emissions from stationary fuel combustion
units, miscellaneous use of carbonates and all of the source categories
listed below that are located at the facility in any calendar year
starting in 2010. For these facilities, the GHG emission report would
cover all source categories for which calculation methodologies are
provided in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts B through JJ of the rule.
    --Electricity Generation \32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ This does not include portable equipment or generating
units designated as emergency generators in a permit issued by a
state or local air pollution control agency. As described in section
V.C of the preamble we are taking comment on whether or not a permit
should be required.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    --Electronics--Photovoltaic Manufacturing
    --Ethanol Production
    --Ferroalloy Production
    --Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Production
    --Food Processing
    --Glass Production
    --Hydrogen Production
    --Iron and Steel Production
    --Lead Production
    --Magnesium Production
    --Oil and Natural Gas Systems
    --Pulp and Paper Manufacturing
    --Zinc Production
    --Industrial Landfills
    --Wastewater
• Any facility that in any calendar year starting in 2010 meets
all three of the conditions listed in this paragraph. For these
facilities, the GHG emission report would cover emissions from
stationary fuel combustion sources only. For 2010 only, the facilities
can submit an abbreviated emissions report according to proposed 40 CFR
98.3(d).
    --The facility does not contain any source in any source category
designated in the above two paragraphs;
    --The aggregate maximum rated heat input capacity of the stationary
fuel combustion units at the facility is 30 mmBtu/hr or greater; and
    --The facility emits 25,000 metric tons CO2e or more per
year from all stationary fuel combustion sources.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ This does not include portable equipment or generating
units designated as emergency generators in a permit issued by a
state or local air pollution control agency. As described in section
V. C of the preamble we are taking comment on whether or not a
permit should be required.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

• Any supplier of any of the products listed below in any
calendar year starting in 2010. For these suppliers, the GHG emissions
report would cover all applicable products for which calculation
methodologies are provided in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts KK through PP.
    --Coal.
    --Coal-based liquid fuels.
    --Petroleum products.
    --Natural gas and NGLs.
    --Industrial GHGs: All producers of industrial GHGs, importers and
exporters of industrial GHGs with total bulk imports or total bulk
exports that exceed 25,000 metric tons CO2e per year.
    --CO2: All producers of CO2, importers and
exporters of CO2 or a combination of CO2 and
other industrial GHGs with total bulk imports or total bulk exports
that exceed 25,000 metric tons CO2e per year.
• Manufacturers of mobile sources and engines would be required
to report emissions from the vehicles and engines they produce,
generally in terms of an emission rate.\34\ These requirements would
apply to emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O,
and, where appropriate, HFCs. Manufacturers of the following vehicle
and engine types would need to report: (1) Manufacturers of passenger
cars, light trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles, (2)
manufacturers of highway heavy-duty engines and complete vehicles, (3)
manufacturers of nonroad diesel engines and nonroad large spark-
ignition engines, (4) manufacturers of nonroad small spark-ignition
engines, marine spark-ignition engines, personal watercraft, highway
motorcycles, and recreational engines and vehicles, (5) manufacturers
of locomotive and marine diesel engines, and (6) manufacturers of jet
and turboprop aircraft engines.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ As discussed in Section V.QQ, manufacturers below a size
threshold would be exempt.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Schedule for Reporting

    Facilities and suppliers would begin collecting data on January 1,
2010. The first emissions report would be due on March 31, 2011, for
emissions during 2010.35 36 Reports would be submitted
annually. Facilities with EGUs that are subject to the ARP would
continue to report CO2 mass emissions quarterly, as required
by the ARP, in addition to providing the annual GHG emissions reports
under this rule. EPA is proposing that the rule require the submission
of GHG emissions data on an ongoing, annual basis. The snapshot of
information provided by a one-time information collection request would
not provide the type of ongoing information which could inform the
variety of potential policy options being evaluated for addressing
climate change. EPA is taking comment on other possible options,
including a commitment to review the continued need for the information
at a specific later date, or a sunset provision. Once subject to this
reporting rule, a facility or supply operation would continue to submit
reports even if it falls below the reporting thresholds in future years.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ Unless otherwise noted, years and dates in this notice
refer to calendar years and dates.
    \36\ There is a discussion in section I.IV of this preamble that
takes comment on alternative reporting schedules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. What do I have to report?

    The report would include total annual GHG emissions in metric tons
of CO2e aggregated for all the source categories and for all
supply categories for which emission calculation methods are provided
in part 98. The report would also separately present annual mass GHG
emissions for each source category and supply category, by gas.
Separate reporting requirements are provided for vehicle and engine
manufacturers. These sources would be required to report emissions from
the vehicles and engines they produce, generally in terms of an
emission rate.
    Within a given source category, the report also would break out
emissions at the level required by the respective subpart (e.g.,
reporting could be

[[Page 16463]]

required for each individual unit for some source categories and for
each process line for other source categories).
    In addition to GHG emissions, you would report certain activity
data (e.g., fuel use, feedstock inputs) that were used to generate the
emissions data. The required activity data are specified in each
subpart. For some source categories, additional data would be reported
to support QA/QC and verification.
    EPA would protect any information claimed as CBI in accordance with
regulations in 40 CFR part 2, subpart B. However, note that in general,
emission data collected under CAA sections 114 and 208 cannot be
considered CBI.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ Although CBI determinations are usually made on a case-by-
case basis, EPA has issued guidance in an earlier Federal Register
notice on what constitutes emissions data that cannot be considered
CBI (956 FR 7042-7043, February 21, 1991).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. How do I submit the report?

    The reports would be submitted electronically, in a format to be
specified by the Administrator after publication of the final rule.\38\
To the extent practicable, we plan to adapt existing facility reporting
programs to accept GHG emissions data. We are developing a new
electronic data reporting system for source categories or suppliers for
which it is not feasible to use existing reporting mechanisms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ For more information about the reporting format please see
section VI of this preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Each report would contain a signed certification by a Designated
Representative of the facility. On behalf of the owner or operator, the
Designated Representative would certify under penalty of law that the
report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR
part 98 and that the information contained in the report is true and
accurate, based on a reasonable inquiry of individuals responsible for
obtaining the information.

E. What records must I retain?

    Each facility or supplier would also have to retain and make
available to EPA upon request the following records for five years in
an electronic or hard-copy format as appropriate:
    • A list of all units, operations, processes and activities
for which GHG emissions are calculated;
    • The data used to calculate the GHG emissions for each unit,
operation, process, and activity, categorized by fuel or material type;
    • Documentation of the process used to collect the necessary
data for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • The GHG emissions calculations and methods used;
    • All emission factors used for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • Any facility operating data or process information used
for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • Names and documentation of key facility personnel involved
in calculating and reporting the GHG emissions;
    • The annual GHG emissions reports;
    • A log book documenting any procedural changes to the GHG
emissions accounting methods and any changes to the instrumentation
critical to GHG emissions calculations;
    • Missing data computations;
    • A written QAPP;
    • Any other data specified in any applicable subpart of
proposed 40 CFR part 98. Examples of such data could include the
results of sampling and analysis procedures required by the subparts
(e.g., fuel heat content, carbon content of raw materials, and flow
rate) and other data used to calculate emissions.

IV. Rationale for the General Reporting, Recordkeeping and Verification
Requirements That Apply to All Source Categories

    This section of the preamble explains the rationales for EPA's
proposals for various aspects of the rule. This section applies to all
of the source categories in the preamble (further discussed in Sections
V.B through V.PP of this preamble) with the exception of mobile sources
(discussed in Section V.QQ of this preamble). The proposals EPA is
making with regard to mobile sources are extensions of existing EPA
programs and therefore the rationales and decisions are discussed
wholly within that section. With respect to the source categories B
through PP, EPA is particularly interested in receiving comments on the
following issues:
    (1) Reporting thresholds. EPA is interested in receiving data and
analyses on thresholds. In particular, we solicit comment on whether
the thresholds proposed are appropriate for each source category or
whether other emissions or capacity based thresholds should be applied.
If suggesting alternative thresholds, please discuss whether and how
they would achieve broad emissions coverage and result in a reasonable
number of reporters.
    (2) Methodologies. EPA is interested in receiving data, technical
information and analyses relevant to the methodology approach. We
solicit comment on whether the methodologies selected by EPA are
appropriate for each source category or whether alternative approaches
should be adopted. In particular, EPA would like information on the
technical feasibility, costs, and relative improvement in accuracy of
direct measurement at facilities. If suggesting an alternative
methodology (e.g., using established industry default factors or
allowing industry groups to propose an industry specific emission
factor to EPA), please discuss whether and how it provides complete and
accurate emissions data, comparable to other source categories, and
also reflects broadly agreed upon calculation procedures for that
source category.
    (3) Frequency and year of reporting. EPA is interested in receiving
data and analyses regarding frequency of reporting and the schedule for
reporting. In particular, we solicit information regarding whether the
frequency of data collection and reporting selected by EPA is
appropriate for each source category or whether alternative frequencies
should be considered (e.g., quarterly or every few years). If
suggesting an alternative frequency, please discuss whether and how it
ensures that EPA and the public receive the data in a timely fashion
that allow it to be relevant for future policy decisions. EPA is
proposing 2010 data collection and 2011 reporting, however, we are
interested in receiving comment on alternative schedules if we are
unable to meet our goal.
    (4) Verification. EPA is interested in receiving data and analyses
regarding verification options. We solicit input on whether the
verification approach selected by EPA is appropriate for each source
category or whether an alternative approach should be adopted. If
suggesting an alternative verification approach, please discuss how it
weighs the costs and burden to the reporter and EPA as well as the need
to ensure the data are complete, accurate, and available in the timely fashion.
    (5) Duration of the program. EPA is interested in receiving data
and analyses regarding options for the duration of the GHG emissions
information collection program in this proposed rule. By duration, EPA
means for how many years the program should require the submission of
information. EPA solicits input on whether the duration selected by EPA
is appropriate for each source category or whether an alternative
approach should be adopted. If suggesting an alternative duration,
please discuss how it impacts the need to ensure the data are
sufficient to inform the variety of potential policy decisions
regarding climate change under consideration.

[[Page 16464]]

A. Rationale for Selection of GHGs To Report

    The proposed rule would require reporting of CO2,
CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and other
fluorinated compounds (e.g., NF3 and HFEs) as defined in the
rule \39\. These are the most abundantly emitted GHGs that result from
human activity. They are not currently controlled by other mandatory
Federal programs and, with the exception of the CO2
emissions data reported by EGUs subject to the ARP \40\, GHG emissions
data are also not reported under other mandatory Federal programs.
CO2 is the largest contributor of GHGs directly emitted by
human activities, and is a significant driver of climate change. The
anthropogenic combined heating effect of CH4,
N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and the other fluorinated
compounds are also significant: About 40 percent as large as the
CO2 heating effect according to the Fourth Assessment Report
of the IPCC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ The GWPs for the GHGs to be reported are found in Table A-1
of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A.
    \40\ Pursuant to regulations established under section 821 of
the CAA Amendments of 1990, hourly CO2 emissions are
monitored and reported quarterly to EPA. EPA performs a series of
QA/QC checks on the data and then makes it available on the Web site
(http://epa.gov/camddataandmaps/) usually within 30 days after
receipt.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The IPCC focuses on CO2, CH4, N2O,
HFCs, PFCs, and SF6 for both scientific assessments and
emissions inventory purposes because these are long-lived, well-mixed
GHGs not controlled by the Montreal Protocol as Substances that Deplete
the Ozone Layer. These GHGs are directly emitted by human activities,
are reported annually in EPA's Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas
Emissions and Sinks, and are the common focus of the climate change
research community. The IPCC also included methods for accounting for
emissions from several specified fluorinated gases in the 2006 IPCC
Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories.\41\ These gases
include fluorinated ethers, which are used in electronics, anesthetics,
and as heat transfer fluids. Like the other six GHGs for which
emissions would be reported, these fluorinated compounds are long-lived
in the atmosphere and have high GWP. In many cases these fluorinated
gases are used in expanding industries (e.g., electronics) or as
substitutes for HFCs. As such, EPA is proposing to include reporting of
these gases to ensure that the Agency has an accurate understanding of
the emissions and uses of these gases, particularly as those uses expand.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas
Inventories. The National Greenhouse Gas Inventories Programme, H.S.
Eggleston, L. Buendia, K. Miwa, T. Ngara, and K. Tanabe (eds),
hereafter referred to as the ``2006 IPCC Guidelines'' are found at:
http://www.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/methodology-reports.htm. Exit Disclaimer
For additional information on these gases please see Table A-1 in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A and the Suppliers of Industrial
GHGs TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-041).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are other GHGs and aerosols that have climatic warming
effects that we are not proposing to include in this rule: Water vapor,
CFCs, HCFCs, halons, tropospheric O3, and black carbon.
There are a number of reasons why we are not proposing to require
reporting of these gases and aerosols under this rule. For example,
these GHGs and aerosols are not covered under any State or Federal
voluntary or mandatory GHG program, the UNFCCC or the Inventory of U.S.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks. Nonetheless, we request comment on
the selection of GHGs that are or are not included in the proposed
rule; include data supporting your position on why a GHG should or
should not be included. More detailed discussions for particular
substances that we do not propose including in this rule follow.
    Water Vapor. Water vapor is the most abundant naturally occurring
GHG and, therefore, makes up a significant share of the natural,
background greenhouse effect. However, water vapor emissions from human
activities have only a negligible effect on atmospheric concentrations
of water vapor. Significant changes to global atmospheric
concentrations of water vapor occur indirectly through human-induced
global warming, which then increases the amount of water vapor in the
atmosphere because a warmer atmosphere can hold more moisture.
Therefore, changes in water vapor concentrations are not an initial
driver of climate change, but rather an effect of climate change which
then acts as a positive feedback that further enhances warming. For
this reason, the IPCC does not list direct emissions of water vapor as
an anthropogenic forcing agent of climate change, but does include this
water vapor feedback mechanism in response to human-induced warming in
all modeling scenarios of future climate change. Based on this
recognition that anthropogenic emissions of water vapor are not a
significant driver of anthropogenic climate change, EPA's annual
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks does not include
water vapor, and GHG inventory reporting guidelines under the UNFCCC do
not require data on water vapor emissions.
    ODS. The CFCs, HCFCs, and halons are all strong anthropogenic GHGs
that are long-lived in the atmosphere and are adding to the global
anthropogenic heating effect. Therefore, these gases share common
climatic properties with the other GHGs discussed in this preamble. The
production and consumption of these substances (and, hence, their
anthropogenic emissions) are being controlled and phased out, not
because of their effects on climate change, but because they deplete
stratospheric O3, which protects against harmful ultraviolet
B radiation. The control and phase-out of these substances in the U.S.
and globally is occurring under the Montreal Protocol on Substances
that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and in the U.S. under Title VI of the CAA
as well.\42\ Therefore, the climate change research and policy
community typically does not focus on these substances, precisely
because they are essentially already being addressed with non-climate
policy mechanisms. The UNFCCC does not cover these substances, and
instead defers their treatment to the Montreal Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ Under the Montreal Protocol, production and consumption of
CFCs were phased out in developed countries in 1996 (with some
essential use exemptions) and are scheduled for phase-out by 2010 in
developing countries (with some essential use exemptions). For
halons the schedule was 1994 for phase out in developed countries
and 2010 for developing countries; HCFC production was frozen in
2004 in developed countries, and in 2016 production will be frozen
in developing countries; and HCFC consumption phase-out dates are
2030 for developed countries and 2040 in developing countries.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Tropospheric Ozone. Increased concentrations of tropospheric
O3 are causing a significant anthropogenic warming effect,
but, unlike the long-lived GHGs, tropospheric O3 has a short
atmospheric lifetime (hours to weeks), and therefore its concentrations
are more variable over space and time. For these reasons, its global
heating effect and relevance to climate change tends to entail greater
uncertainty compared to the well-mixed, long-lived GHGs. Tropospheric
O3 is not addressed under the UNFCCC. Moreover, tropospheric
O3 is already listed as a NAAQS pollutant and its precursors
are reported to States. Tropospheric O3 is subsequently
modeled based on the precursor data reported to the NEI.
    Black Carbon. Black carbon is an aerosol particle that results from
incomplete combustion of the carbon contained in fossil fuels, and it
remains in the atmosphere for about a week. There is some evidence that
black carbon emissions may contribute to climate warming by absorbing
incoming and reflected sunlight in the atmosphere and by darkening
clouds, snow and ice. While the net effect of anthropogenic aerosols
has a cooling effect (CCSP 2009), there is considerable uncertainty

[[Page 16465]]

in quantifying the effects of black carbon on radiative forcing and
whether black carbon specifically has direct or indirect warming
effects. The National Academy of Sciences states ``Regulations
targeting black carbon emissions or ozone precursors would have
combined benefits for public health and climate'' \43\ while also
indicating that the level of scientific understanding regarding the
effect of black carbon on climate is ``very low.'' The direct and
indirect radiative forcing properties of multiple aerosols, including
sulphates, organic carbon, and black carbon, are not well understood.
While mobile diesel engines have been the largest black carbon source
in the U.S., these emissions are expected to be reduced significantly
over the next several decades based on CDPFs for new vehicles.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ National Academy of Sciences, ``Radiative Forcing of
Climate Change: Expanding the Concept and Addressing
Uncertainties,'' October 2005.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Rationale for Selection of Source Categories To Report

    Section III of this preamble lists the source categories that would
submit reports under the proposed rule. The source categories
identified in this list were selected after considering the language of
the Appropriations Act and the accompanying explanatory statement, and
EPA's experience in developing the U.S. GHG Inventory. The
Appropriations Act referred to reporting ``in all sectors of the
economy'' and the explanatory statement directed EPA to include
``emissions from upstream production and downstream sources to the
extent the Administrator deems it appropriate.'' \44\ In developing the
proposed list, we also used our significant experience in quantifying
GHG emissions from source categories across the economy for the
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ To read the full appropriations language please refer to
the links on this Web site: http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/
emissions/ghgrulemaking.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As a starting point, EPA first considered all anthropogenic sources
of GHG emissions. The term ``anthropogenic'' refers to emissions that
are produced as a result of human activities (e.g., combustion of coal
in an electric utility or CH4 emissions from a landfill).
This is in contrast to GHGs that are emitted to the atmosphere as a
result of natural activities, such as volcanoes. Anthropogenic
emissions may be of biogenic origin (manure lagoons) or non-biogenic
origin (e.g., coal mines). Consistent with existing international,
national, regional, and corporate-level GHG reporting programs, this
proposal includes only anthropogenic sources.
    As a second step, EPA considered all of the source categories in
the Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks because, as
described in Section I.D of this preamble, it is a top-down assessment
of anthropogenic sources of emissions in the U.S. Furthermore, the
Inventory has been independently reviewed by national and international
experts and is considered to be a comprehensive representation of
national-level GHG emissions and source categories relevant for the U.S.
    As a third step, EPA also carefully reviewed the recently completed
2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories for
additional source categories that may be relevant for the U.S. These
international guidelines are just beginning to be incorporated into
national inventories. The 2006 IPCC Guidelines identified one
additional source category for consideration (fugitive emissions from
fluorinated GHG production).
    As a fourth step, once EPA had a complete list of source categories
relevant to the U.S., the Agency systematically reviewed those source
categories against the following criteria to develop the list to the
source categories included in the proposal:
    (1) Include source categories that emit the most significant
amounts of GHG emissions, while also minimizing the number of
reporters, and
    (2) Include source categories that can be measured with an
appropriate level of accuracy.
    To accomplish the first criterion, EPA set reporting thresholds, as
described in Section IV.C of this preamble, that are designed to target
large emitters. When the proposed thresholds are applied, the source
categories included in this proposal meet the criterion of balancing
the emissions coverage with a reasonable number of reporters. For more
detailed information about the coverage of emissions and number of
reporters see the Thresholds TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-046) and the RIA
(EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-002).
    The second criterion was to require reporting for only those
sources for which measurement capabilities are sufficiently accurate
and consistent. Under this criterion, EPA considered whether or not
facility reporting would be as effective as other means of obtaining
emissions data. For some sources, our understanding of emissions is
limited by lack of knowledge of source-specific factors. In instances
where facility-specific calculations are feasible and result in
sufficiently accurate and consistent estimates, facility-level
reporting would improve current inventory estimates and EPA's
understanding of the types and levels of emissions coming from large
facilities, particularly in the industrial sector. These source
categories have been included in the proposal. For other source
categories, uncertainty about emissions is related more to the
unavailability of emission factors or simple models to estimate
emissions accurately and at a reasonable cost at the facility-level.
Under this criterion, we would require facility-level reporting only if
reporting would provide more accurate estimates than can be obtained by
other means, such as national or regional-level modeling. For an
example, please refer to the discussion below on emissions from
agricultural sources and other land uses.
    As the Agency completed its four step evaluation of source
categories to include in the proposal, some source categories were
excluded from consideration and some were added. The reasons for the
additions and deletions are explained below. In general, the proposed
reporting rule covers almost all of the source categories in the
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks and the 2006 IPCC
Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories.
    Reporting by direct emitters. Consistent with the appropriations
language regarding reporting of emissions from ``downstream sources,''
EPA is proposing reporting requirements from facilities that directly
emit GHGs above a certain threshold as a result of combustion of fuel
or processes. The majority of the direct emitters included in this
proposal are large facilities in the electricity generation or
industrial sectors. In addition, many of the electricity generation
facilities are already reporting their CO2 emissions to EPA
under existing regulations. As such, these facilities have only a
minimal increase in the amount of data they have to provide EPA on
their CH4 and N2O emissions. The typical
industrial facilities that are required to report under this proposal
have emissions that are substantially higher than the proposed
thresholds and are already doing many of the measurements and
quantifications of emissions required by this proposal through existing
business practices, voluntary programs, or mandatory State-level GHG
reporting programs.
    For more information about the thresholds included in this proposal
please refer to Section IV.C of this

[[Page 16466]]

preamble and for more information about the requirements for specific
sources refer to Section V of this preamble.
    Reporting by fuel and industrial GHG suppliers. \45\ Consistent
with the appropriations language regarding reporting of emissions from
``upstream production,'' EPA is proposing reporting requirements from
upstream suppliers of fossil fuel and industrial GHGs. In the context
of GHG reporting, ``upstream emissions'' refers to the GHG emissions
potential of a quantity of industrial gas or fossil fuel supplied into
the economy. For fossil fuels, the emissions potential is the amount of
CO2 that would be produced from complete combustion or
oxidation of the carbon in the fuel. In many cases, the fossil fuels
and industrial GHGs supplied by producers and importers are used and
ultimately emitted by a large number of small sources, particularly in
the commercial and residential sectors (e.g., HFCs emitted from home A/
C units or GHG emissions from individual motor vehicles).\46\ To cover
these direct emissions would require reporting by hundreds or thousands
of small facilities. To avoid this impact, the proposed rule does not
include all of those emitters, but instead requires reporting by the
suppliers of industrial gases and suppliers of fossil fuels. Because
the GHGs in these products are almost always fully emitted during use,
reporting these supply data would provide an accurate estimate of
national emissions while substantially reducing the number of
reporters.\47\ For this reason, the proposed rule requires reporting by
suppliers of coal and coal-based products, petroleum products, natural
gas and NGLs, CO2 gas, and other industrial GHGs. We are not
proposing to require reporting by suppliers of biomass-based fuels, or
renewable fuels, due to the fact that GHGs emitted upon combustion of
these fuels are traditionally taken into account at the point of
biomass production. However, we seek comment on this approach and note
that producers of some biomass-based fuels (e.g., ethanol) would be
subject to reporting requirements for their on-site emissions under
this proposal, similar to other fuel producers. For more information
about these source categories please see the source-specific
discussions in Section V of this preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ In this context, suppliers include producers, importers,
and exporters of fossil fuels and industrial GHGs.
    \46\ While EPA is not proposing any reporting requirements in
this rule for operators of mobile source fleets, we are requesting
comment in Section V.QQ.4.b of the Preamble.
    \47\ As an example of estimating the CO2 emissions
that result from the combustion of fossil fuels, please see, 2006
IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 2--
Energy, Chapter 1--Introduction (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/
public/2006gl/index.html Exit Disclaimer).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There is inherent double-reporting of emissions in a program that
includes both upstream and downstream sources. For example, coal mines
would report CO2 emissions that would be produced from
combustion of the coal supplied into the economy, and the receiving
power plants are already reporting CO2 emissions to EPA from
burning the coal to generate electricity. This double-reporting is
nevertheless consistent with the appropriations language, and provides
valuable information to EPA and stakeholders in the development of
climate change policy and programs. Policies such as low-carbon fuel
standards can only be applied upstream, whereas end-use emission
standards can only be applied downstream. Data from upstream and
downstream sources would be necessary to formulate and assess the
impacts of such potential policies. EPA recognizes the double-reporting
and as discussed in Section I.D of this preamble does not intend to use
the upstream and downstream emissions data as a replacement for the
national emissions estimates found in the Inventory.
    It is possible to construct a reporting system with no double-
reporting. For example, such a system could include fossil fuel
combustion-related emissions upstream only, based on the fuel
suppliers, supplemented by emissions reported downstream for industrial
processes at select industries (e.g., CO2 process emissions
from the production of cement); fugitive emissions from coal, oil, and
gas operations; biological processes and mobile source manufacturers.
Industrial GHG suppliers could be captured completely upstream, thereby
removing reporting obligations from the use of the industrial gases by
large downstream users (e.g., magnesium production and SF6
in electric power systems). Under this option, the total number of
facilities affected is approximately 32% lower than the proposed
option, and the private sector costs are approximately 26% lower than
the proposed option. The emissions coverage remains largely the same as
the proposed option although it is important to note that some process
related emissions may not be captured due to the fact that downstream
combustion sources would not be covered under this option. A source
with process emission plus combustion emissions would only have to
report their process emission, thus the exclusion of downstream
combustion could result in some sources being under the threshold. For
more information about this analysis and the differences in the number
of reporters and coverage of emissions, please see the RIA (EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508-002).
    Emissions from agricultural sources and other land uses. The
proposed rule does not require reporting of GHG emissions from enteric
fermentation, rice cultivation, field burning of agricultural residues,
composting (other than as part of a manure management system),
agricultural soil management, or other land uses and land-use changes,
such as emissions associated with deforestation, and carbon storage in
living biomass or harvested wood products. As discussed in Section V of
this preamble, the proposal does include reporting of emissions from
manure management systems.
    EPA reports on the GHG emissions and sinks associated with
agricultural and land-use sources in the Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse
Gas Emissions and Sinks. In the agriculture sector, the U.S. GHG
inventory report estimated that agricultural soil management, which
includes fertilizer application (including synthetic and manure
fertilizers, etc.), contributed N2O emissions of 265 million
metric tons CO2e in 2006 and enteric fermentation
contributed CH4 emissions of 126 million metric tons
CO2e in 2006. These amounts reflect 3.8 percent and 1.8
percent of total GHG emissions from anthropogenic sources in 2006. Rice
cultivation, agricultural field burning, and composting (other than as
part of a manure management system) contributed emissions of 5.9, 1.2,
and 3.3 million metric tons CO2e, respectively in 2006.
Total carbon fluxes, rather than specific emissions from deforestation,
for U.S. forestlands and other land uses and land-use changes were also
reported in the U.S. GHG inventory report.
    The challenges to including these direct emission source categories
in the rule are that practical reporting methods to estimate facility-
level emissions for these sources can be difficult to implement and can
yield uncertain results. For more information on uncertainty for these
sources, please refer to the TSD for Biological Process Sources
Excluded from this Rule (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-045). Furthermore, these
sources are characterized by a large number of small emitters. In light
of these challenges, we have determined that it is impractical to
require reporting of emissions from these sources in the proposed rule at

[[Page 16467]]

this time for the reasons explained below.
    For these sources, currently, there are no direct greenhouse gas
emission measurement methods available except for research methods that
are prohibitively expensive and require sophisticated equipment.
Instead, limited modeling-based methods have been developed for
voluntary GHG reporting protocols which use general emission factors,
and large-scale models have been developed to produce comprehensive
national-level emissions estimates, such as those reported in the U.S.
GHG inventory report.
    To calculate emissions using emission factor or carbon stock change
approaches, it would be necessary for landowners to report on
management practices, and a variety of data inputs. Activity data
collection and emission factor development necessary for emissions
calculations at the scale of individual reporters can be complex and costly.
    For example, for calculating emissions of N2O from
agricultural soils, data on nitrogen inputs necessary for accurate
emissions calculations include: Synthetic fertilizer, organic
amendments (manure and sludge), waste from grazing animals, crop
residues, and mineralization of soil organic matter. While some
activity data can be collected with reasonable certainty, the emissions
estimates could still have a high degree of uncertainty because the
emission factors available for individual reporters do not reflect the
variety of conditions (e.g., soil type, moisture) that need to be
considered for accurate estimates.
    Without reasonably accurate facility-level emissions factors and
the ability to accurately measure all facility-level calculation
variables at a reasonable cost to reporters, facility-level emissions
reporting would not improve our knowledge of GHG emissions relative to
national or regional-level emissions models and data available from
national databases. While a systematic measurement program of these
sources could improve understanding of the environmental factors and
management practices that influence emissions, this type of measurement
program is technically difficult and expensive to implement, and would
be better accomplished through an empirical research program that
establishes and maintains rigorous measurements over time.
    Despite the issues associated with reporting by the agriculture and
land use sectors, threshold analyses were conducted for several source
categories within these sectors as part of their consideration for
inclusion in this rule. For some agricultural source categories, the
number of individual farms covered at various thresholds was estimated.
The resulting analyses showed that for most of these sources no
facilities would exceed any of the thresholds evaluated.
    Because facility-level reporting is impracticable, the proposed
rule contains other provisions to improve our understanding of
emissions from these source categories. For example, agricultural soil
management is a significant source of N2O. Activity data,
including synthetic nitrogen-based fertilizer applications, influence
N2O emissions from this agricultural source category. To
gain additional information on synthetic nitrogen-based fertilizers,
EPA is proposing that the industrial facilities reporting under this
rule include information on the production and nitrogen content of
fertilizers as part of their annual reports to EPA. It is estimated
that all of the synthetic nitrogen-based fertilizer produced in the
U.S. is manufactured by industrial facilities that are covered under
this rule due to onsite combustion-related and industrial process
emissions (e.g., ammonia manufacturing facilities). The reporting
requirements are contained in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A.
    EPA is requesting comment on this approach. In particular, the
Agency is looking for information on the usefulness of the fertilizer
data for estimating N2O emissions from agricultural soils,
and also on including other possible reporters of synthetic nitrogen-
based fertilizers, such as fertilizer wholesalers or distributors, or
importers in order to develop a better understanding of the source of
N2O emissions from fertilizer use.
    For additional background information on emissions from
agricultural sources and other land use, please refer to the TSD for
Biological Process Sources Excluded from this Rule (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-045).

C. Rationale for Selection of Thresholds

    The proposed rule would establish reporting thresholds at the
facility level.48 49 50 Only those facilities that exceed a
threshold as specified in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A would be
required to submit annual GHG reports.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ Facilities reporting under this rule will likely have more
than one source category within their facility (e.g., a petroleum
refinery would have to report on its refinery process, combustion,
landfill and wastewater emissions).
    \49\ For the purposes of this rule, facility means any physical
property, plant, building, structure, source, or stationary
equipment located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties
in actual physical contact or separated solely by a public roadway
or other public right-of-way and under common ownership or common
control, that emits or may emit any greenhouse gas. Operators of
military installations may classify such installations as more than
a single facility based on distinct and independent functional
groupings within contiguous military properties.
    \50\ A different threshold approach is proposed for vehicle and
engine manufacturers (when reporting emissions from the vehicles and
engines the produce). Here, EPA proposes to exempt small businesses
from reporting requirements, instead of applying an emission-based threshold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The thresholds are expressed in several ways (e.g., actual
emissions or capacity). The use of these different types of thresholds
is discussed later in this section, but most correspond to an annual
facility-wide emission level of 25,000 metric tons of CO2e,
and the thresholds result in covering approximately 85-90 percent of
U.S. emissions. That level is largely consistent with many of the
existing GHG reporting programs, including California, which also has a
25,000 metric ton of CO2e threshold. Furthermore, many
industry stakeholders that EPA met with expressed support for a 25,000
metric ton of CO2e threshold because it sufficiently
captures the majority of GHG emissions in the U.S., while excluding
smaller facilities and sources.\51\ The three exceptions to the 25,000
metric ton of CO2e threshold are electricity production at
selected units subject to existing Federal programs, fugitive emissions
from coal mining, and emissions from mobile sources. These thresholds
were selected to be consistent with existing thresholds for reporting
similar data to EPA and the MSHA. The proposed thresholds maximized the
rule coverage with over 85 percent of U.S. emissions reported by
approximately 13,000 reporters, while keeping reporting burden to a
minimum and excluding small emitters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ To view a summary of EPA's outreach efforts please refer to
EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-055.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consideration of alternative emissions thresholds. In selecting the
proposed threshold level, we considered two lower emission threshold
alternatives and one higher alternative. We collected available data on
each industry and analyzed the implication of various thresholds in
terms of number of facilities and level of emissions covered at both
the industry level and the national level. We also performed a similar
analysis for each proposed source category to determine if there were
reasons to develop a different threshold in specific industry sectors.
From these analyses, we concluded that a 25,000 metric ton threshold
suited the needs of the reporting program by providing comprehensive
coverage of

[[Page 16468]]

emissions with a reasonable number of reporters and that having a
uniform threshold was an equitable approach. This conclusion took into
account our finding that a threshold other than 25,000 metric tons of
CO2e might appear to achieve an appropriate balance between
number of facilities and emissions covered for a limited number of
source categories. Our conclusions about the alternative thresholds are
summarized below and in the Thresholds TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-046),
and the considerations for individual source categories are explained
in Section V of this preamble.
    The lower threshold alternatives that we considered were 1,000
metric tons of CO2e per year, and 10,000 metric tons of
CO2e per year. Both broaden national emissions coverage but
do so by disproportionately increasing the number of affected
facilities (e.g., increasing the number of reporters by an order of
magnitude in the case of a 1,000 metric tons CO2e/yr
threshold and doubling the number of reporters in the case of a 10,000
metric tons CO2e/yr threshold). The majority of stakeholders
were opposed to these lower thresholds for that reason--the gains in
emissions coverage are not adequately balanced against the increased
number of affected facilities.
    A 1,000 metric ton of CO2e per year threshold would
increase the number of affected facilities by an order of magnitude
over the proposed threshold. The effect of a 1,000 metric ton threshold
would be to change the focus of the program from large to small
emitters. This threshold would impose reporting costs on tens of
thousands of small businesses that in total would amount to less than
10 percent of national GHG emissions.
    A 10,000 metric ton of CO2e per year threshold
approximately doubles the number of facilities affected compared to a
25,000 metric ton threshold. The effect of a 10,000 metric ton
threshold would only improve national emissions coverage by
approximately 1 percent. The extra data that would result from a 10,000
metric ton threshold would do little to further the objectives of the
program. EPA believes the 25,000 metric ton threshold more effectively
targets large industrial emitters, which are responsible for some 90
percent of U.S. emissions. Similarly, California's mandatory GHG
reporting program also based their selection of a 25,000 metric ton
threshold on similar results at the State level.\52\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ For more information on CA analysis please see 
http://www.arb.ca.gov/regact/2007/ghg2007/isor.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We also considered 100,000 metric tons of CO2e per year
as an alternative threshold but concluded that it fails to satisfy two
key objectives. First, it may exclude enough emitters in certain source
categories such that the emissions data would not adequately cover key
sectors of the economy. At 100,000 metric tons CO2e per
year, reporting for several large industry sectors would be rather
significantly fragmented, resulting in an incomplete picture of direct
emissions from that sector. For example, at a 100,000 metric ton of
CO2e threshold in ammonia manufacturing, approximately 22
out of 24 facilities would have to report; in nitric acid production,
approximately 40 out of 45 facilities would have to report; in lime
manufacturing, 52 out of 89 facilities would have to report; and in
pulp and paper, 410 out of 425 facilities would have to report. Several
stakeholders we met with stressed this potential fragmentation as a
concern and requested that EPA include all facilities in a particular
sector to simplify compliance, even if there was some uncertainty about
whether all facilities in an industry would technically meet a
particular threshold. For more information about the impact of
thresholds on different industries, please see the source-specific
discussion in Section V of this preamble.
    The data collected by this rulemaking is intended to support
analyses of future policy options. Those options may depend on
harmonization with State or even international reporting programs.
Several States and regional GHG programs are using thresholds that are
comparable in scope to a 25,000 metric ton of CO2e per year
threshold.\53\ As noted earlier, California specifically chose a
threshold of 25,000 metric ton of CO2e after analyzing
CO2 data from the air quality management districts because
they concluded that level provided the correct balance of emissions
coverage and number of reporters. Implementing a national reporting
program using a 100,000, 10,000 or 1,000 metric ton of CO2e
per year limit would result in a fragmentary dataset insufficient in
detail or coverage, or a more burdensome reporting requirement, and
these options would be inconsistent with what many other GHG programs
are requiring today.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ For more information about what different States are
requiring, see section II of this preamble, the ``Summary of
Existing State GHG Rules'' memorandum and ``Review of Existing
Programs'' memorandum found at EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-056 and 054.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to the typical emissions thresholds associated with GHG
reporting and reduction programs (e.g., 25,000 metric tons
CO2e), under the CAA, there are (1) the Title V program that
requires all major stationary sources, including all sources that emit
or have the potential to emit over 100 tons per year of an air
pollutant, to hold an operating permit \54\ and (2) the PSD/NSR program
that requires new major sources and sources that are undergoing major
modifications to obtain a permit. A major source for PSD is defined as
any source that emits or has the potential to emit either 100 or 250
tons per year of a regulated pollutant, dependent on the source
category.\55\ In nonattainment areas, the major source threshold for
NSR is at most 100 tons per year, and is less in some areas depending
on the pollutant and the nonattainment classification of the area.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ Other sources required to obtain Title V operating permits
include all sources that are required to have PSD permits,
``affected sources'' under the ARP, and sources subject to NSPS or
NESHAP (although non-major sources under those programs can be
exempted by rule).
    \55\ The 100 tons per year level is the level at which existing
sources in 28 industry categories listed in the CAA are classified
as major sources for the PSD program. The 250 tons per year level is
the level at which existing sources in all other categories are
classified as major sources for PSD purposes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    EPA performed some preliminary analyses to generally estimate the
existing stock of major sources in order to then estimate the
approximate number of new facilities that could be required to obtain
NSR/PSD permits.\56\ For example, if the 100 and 250 tons per year
thresholds were applied in the context of GHGs, the Agency estimates
the number of PSD permits required to be issued each year would
increase by more than a factor of 10 (i.e., more than 2,000 to 3,000
permits per year). The additional permits would generally be issued to
smaller industrial sources, as well as large office and residential
buildings, hotels, large retail establishments, and similar facilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ For more information about the major source analysis please
see docket number EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0318.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For more information about the affect of thresholds considered for
this rule on the number of reporters, emissions coverage and costs,
please see Table VIII-2 in Section VIII of this preamble and Table IV-
47 of the RIA found at EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-002.
    Determining applicability to the rule. The thresholds listed in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A fall into three groups: Capacity,
emissions, or ``all in.'' The thresholds developed are generally
equivalent to a threshold of 25,000 metric tons of CO2e per
year of actual emissions.
    EPA carefully examined thresholds and source categories that might be able

[[Page 16469]]

to report utilizing a capacity metric, for example, tons of product
produced per year. A capacity-based threshold could be the least
burdensome alternative for reporting because a facility would not have
to estimate emissions to determine if the rule applies. However, EPA
faced two key challenges in trying to develop capacity thresholds.
First, in most cases we did not have sufficient data to determine an
appropriate capacity threshold. Secondly, for some source categories
defining the appropriate capacity metric was not feasible. For example,
for some source categories, GHG emissions are not related to production
capacity, but are more affected by design and operating factors.
    The scope of the proposed emission threshold is emissions from all
applicable source categories located within the physical boundary of a
facility. To determine emissions to compare to the threshold, a
facility that directly emits GHGs would estimate total emissions from
all source categories for which emission estimation methods are
provided in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts C through JJ. The use of
total emissions is necessary because some facilities are comprised of
multiple process units or collocated source categories that
individually may not be large emitters, but that emit significant
levels of GHGs collectively. The calculation of total emissions for the
purposes of determining whether a facility exceeds the threshold should
not include biogenic CO2 emissions (e.g., those resulting
from combustion of biofuels). Therefore, these emissions, while
accounted for and reported separately, are not considered in a
facility's emissions totals.
    In order to ensure that the reporting of GHG emissions from all
source categories within a facility's boundaries is not unduly
burdensome, EPA has proposed flexibility in two ways. First, a facility
would only have to report on the source categories for which there are
methods provided in this rule. EPA has proposed methods only for source
categories that typically contribute a relatively significant amount to
a facility's total GHG emissions (e.g., EPA has not provided a method
for a facility to account for the CH4 emissions from coal
piles). Second, for small facilities, EPA has proposed simplified
emission estimation methods where feasible (e.g., stationary combustion
equipment under a certain rating can use a simplified mass balance
approach as opposed to more rigorous direct monitoring).
    The proposed emissions threshold is based on actual emissions, with
a few exceptions described below. An actual emission metric accounts
for actual operating practices at each facility. A threshold based on
potential emissions would bring in far more facilities including many
small emitters. For example, under a potential emissions threshold, a
facility that operates one shift a day would have to estimate emissions
assuming three shifts per day, and would have to assume continuous use
of feedstocks or fuels that result in the highest rate of GHG emissions
absent enforceable limitations. Such an approach would be inconsistent
with the twin goals of collecting accurate data on actual GHG emissions
to the atmosphere and excluding small emitters from the rule. However,
we note that emissions thresholds in some CAA rules are based on actual
or potential emissions. Moreover, although actual emissions may change
year to year due to fluctuations in the market and other factors,
potential emissions are less subject to yearly fluctuations. We solicit
comment on how considerations of actual and potential emissions should
be incorporated into the proposed threshold.
    There is one source category that has a proposed threshold based on
GHG generation instead of emissions--municipal landfills. In this case,
a GHG generation threshold is more appropriate because some landfills
have installed CH4 gas recovery systems. A gas recovery
system collects a percentage of the generated CH4, and
destroys it, through flaring or use in energy recovery equipment. The
use of a threshold based on GHG generation prior to recovery is
proposed because it ensures reporting from landfills that have similar
CH4 emission generating activities (e.g., ensures that
landfills of similar size and management practices are reporting).
    As described in Section III of this preamble, in the case of 19
source categories all of the facilities that have that particular
source category within their boundaries would be subject to the
proposed rule. For these facilities, our analysis indicated that all
facilities with that source category emit more than 25,000 metric tons
of CO2e per year or that only a few facilities emit
marginally below this level. These source categories include large
manufacturing operations such as petroleum refineries and cement
production. This simplifies the applicability determination for
facilities with these source categories.
    When determining if a facility passes a relevant applicability
threshold, direct emissions from the source categories would be
assessed separately from the emissions from the supplier categories.
For example, a company that produces and supplies coal would be subject
to reporting as a supplier of coal (40 CFR part 98, subpart KK),
because coal suppliers is an ``all in'' supplier category. But the
company would separately evaluate whether or not emissions from their
underground coal mines (40 CFR part 98, subpart FF) would also be
reported.
    In addition, the source categories listed in proposed 40 CFR
98.2(a)(1) and (2) and the supply operations listed in proposed 40 CFR
98.2(a)(4) represent EPA's best estimate of the large emitters of GHGs
or large suppliers of fuel and industrial GHGs. In order to ensure that
all large emitters are included in this reporting program, proposed 40
CFR 98.2(a)(3) also covers any facility that emits more than 25,000
metric tons of CO2e per year from stationary fuel combustion
units at source categories that are not listed in proposed 40 CFR 98.2(a)(2).
To minimize the reporting burden, such facilities would be required to
submit an annual report that covers stationary combustion emissions.
    Furthermore, we recognize that a potentially large number of
facilities would need to calculate their emissions in order to
determine whether or not they had to report under proposed 40 CFR
98.2(a)(3). Therefore, to further minimize the burden on those
facilities, we are proposing that any facility that has an aggregate
maximum rated heat input capacity of the stationary fuel combustion
units less than 30 mmBtu/hr may presume it has emissions below the
threshold. According to our analysis, a facility with stationary
combustion units that have a maximum rated heat input capacity of less
that 30 mmBtu/hr, operating full time (e.g., 8,760 hours per year) with
all types of fossil fuel would not exceed 25,000 metric tons
CO2e/yr (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-049). Under this approach, we
estimate that approximately 30,000 facilities would have to assess
whether or not they had to report according to proposed 40 CFR
98.2(a)(3).\57\ Of the 30,000, approximately 13,000 facilities would
likely meet the threshold and have to report. Therefore, an additional
17,000 facilities may have to assess their applicability but
potentially not meet the threshold for reporting. We concluded that is
a reasonable number of assessments in order to ensure all

[[Page 16470]]

large emitters in the U.S. are included in this reporting program. We
are seeking comment on (1) whether the presumption for maximum rated
heat input capacity of 30 mmBtu/hr is appropriate, (2) whether a
different (lower or higher) mmBtu/hr capacity presumption should be set
and (3) whether other capacity thresholds should be developed for
different types of facilities. The comments should contain data and
analysis to support the use of different thresholds.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ This estimate is based on the Energy and Environmental
Analysis, ``Characterization of the U.S. Industrial/Commercial
Boiler Population'' (2005) (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-050). We assumed 3
boilers per manufacturing facility and 1 boiler per commercial
facility. For additional information on the impact to these 30,000
facilities, please see the ICR and RIA (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-002).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are proposing that once a facility is subject to this reporting
rule, it would continue to submit annual reports even if it falls below
the reporting thresholds in future years. (As discussed in section
IV.K. of this preamble, EPA is proposing that this rule require the
submission of data into the foreseeable future, although EPA is
soliciting comment on other options.) The purpose of the thresholds is
to exclude small sources from reporting. For sources that trigger the
thresholds, it is important for the purpose of policy analysis to be
able to track trends in emissions and understand factors that influence
emission levels. The data would be most useful if the population of
reporting sources is consistent, complete and not varying over time.
    The one exception to the proposed requirement to continue
submitting reports even if a facility falls below the reporting
threshold is active underground coal mines. When coal is no longer
produced at a mine, the mine often becomes abandoned. As discussed in
Section V.FF of this preamble, we are proposing to exclude abandoned
coal mines from the proposed rule, and therefore methods are not
proposed for this source category.
    We recognize that in some cases, this provision of ``once in,
always in'' could potentially act as a disincentive for some facilities
to reduce their emissions because under this proposal those facilities
that did lower their emissions below the treshold would have to
continue to report. To address this issue in California, CARB's
mandatory reporting rule offers a facility that has emissions under the
threshold for three consecutive years the opportunity to be exempt from
the reporting program. We request comment on whether EPA should develop
a similar process for this reporting program. Comments should include
specifics on how the exemption process could work, e.g., the number of
years a facility is under the threshold before they could be exempt,
the quantity of emissions reductions required before a facility could
be exempt, whether a facility should formally apply to EPA for an
exemption or if it is automatic, etc.
    EPA requests comment on the need for developing simplified
emissions calculation tools for certain source categories to assist
potential reporters in determining applicability. These simplified
calculation tools would provide conservatively high emission estimates
as an aid in identifying facilities that could be subject to the rule.
Actual facility applicability would be determined using the methods
presented for each source category in the rule.
    For additional information about the threshold analysis EPA
conducted see the Thresholds TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-046) and the
individual source category discussions in Section V of this preamble.
In addition, Section V.QQ of this preamble describes the threshold for
vehicle and engine manufacturers, which is a different approach from
what is described in this section.

D. Rationale for Selection of Level of Reporting

    EPA is proposing facility-level reporting for most source
categories under this program. Specifically, the owner or operator of a
facility would be required to report its GHG emissions from all source
categories for which there are methods developed and listed in this
proposal. For example, a petroleum refinery would have to report its
emissions resulting from stationary combustion, production processes,
and any fugitive or biological emissions. Facility-level reporting by
owners or operators is consistent with other CAA or State-level
regulatory programs that typically require facility or unit level data
and compliance (e.g., ARP, NSPS, RGGI, and the California and New
Mexico mandatory GHG reporting rules). This approach allows flexibility
for firms to determine whether the owner or operator of the facility
would report and avoid the challenges of establishing complex reporting
rules based on equity or operational control.
    In addition to reporting emissions at the total facility level, the
emissions would also be broken out by source category (e.g., a
petroleum refinery would separately identify its emissions for refinery
production processes, wastewater, onsite landfills, and any other
source categories listed in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A that are
located onsite). This would enable EPA to understand what types of
emission sources are being reported, determine that the facility is
reporting for all required source categories, and use the source-
category specific estimates for future policy development. Within each
source category, further breakout of emissions by process or unit may
be specified. Information on process or unit-level reporting and
associated rationale is contained in the source category sections
within Section V of this preamble.
    Although many voluntary programs such as Climate Leaders or TCR
have corporate-level reporting systems, EPA concluded that corporate-
level reporting is overly complex under a mandatory system involving
many reporters and thus is not appropriate for this rule, except where
discussed below. Complex ownership structures and the frequent changes
in ownership structure make it difficult to establish accountability
over time and ensure consistent and uniform data collection at the
facility-level. Because the best technical knowledge of emitting
processes and emission levels exists at the facility level, this is
where responsibility for reporting should be placed. Furthermore, the
ability to differentiate and track the level and type of emissions by
facility, unit or process, is essential for development of certain
types of future policy (e.g., NSPS).
    The only exception to facility level reporting is for some supplier
source categories (e.g., importers of fuels and industrial GHGs or
manufacturers of motor vehicles and engines). Importers are not
individual facilities in the traditional sense of the word. The type of
information reported by motor vehicle and engine manufacturers is an
extension of long-standing existing reporting requirements (e.g.,
reporting of criteria emissions rates from vehicle and engine
manufacturers) and as such does not necessitate a change in reporting
level. The reporting level for these source categories is specified in
Section V of this preamble.

E. Rationale for Selecting the Reporting Year

    EPA is proposing that the monitoring and reporting requirements
would start on January 1, 2010.\58\ The first report to EPA would be
submitted by March 31, 2011, and would cover calendar year 2010. The
year 2011 is therefore referred to as the first reporting year, and
includes 2010 data (there is a discussion later in this section that
takes comment on alternative approaches to the reporting year). EPA is
requesting comment on whether or not we should select an alternative
reporting date that

[[Page 16471]]

corresponds with the requirements of an existing reporting system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \58\ The exception is for vehicle and engine manufacturers when
reporting emissions from the vehicles and engines they produce. For
these sources, reporting requirements would apply beginning with the
2011 model year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For existing facilities that meet the applicability criteria in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A, monitoring would begin on January
1, 2010. For new facilities that begin operation after January 1, 2010,
monitoring would begin with the first month that the facility is
operating and end on December 31 of that same calendar year in which
they start operating. Each subsequent monitoring year would begin on
January 1 and end on December 31 of each calendar year. EPA is
proposing that new facilities monitor and report emissions for the
first partial year after they begin operating so that EPA has as
complete an inventory as possible of GHG emissions for each calendar year.
    Due to the comprehensive reporting and monitoring requirements in
this proposal, the Agency has concluded that it is not appropriate to
require reporting of historical emissions data for years before 2010.
Compiling, submitting, and verifying historical data according to the
methodologies specified in this rule would create additional burdens on
both the affected facilities and the Agency, and much of the needed
data might not be available. Because Federal policy for GHG emissions
is still being developed, the Agency's focus is on collecting data of
known quality that is generated on a consistent basis. Collecting
historic emissions data would introduce data of unknown quality that
would not be comparable to the data reported under the program for
years 2011 and beyond.
    The first year of monitoring for existing facilities would begin on
January 1, 2010. This schedule would give existing facilities lead time
after the date the rule is promulgated to prepare for monitoring and
reporting. Preparation would include studying the final rule,
determining whether it applies to the facility, identifying the
requirements with which the facility must comply, and preparing to
monitor and collect the required data needed to calculate and report
GHG emissions.
    A beginning date of January 1, 2010 would allow sufficient time to
begin monitoring and collecting data because many of the parameters
that would need to be monitored under the proposed rule are already
monitored by facilities for process management and accounting reasons
(e.g., feedstock input rates, production output, fuel purchases). In
addition, the monitoring methods specified by the rule are already
well-known and documented; and monitoring devices required by the rule
are routinely available, in ready supply (e.g., flow meters, automatic
data recorders), and in some cases already installed. These same
monitoring devices are already required by other air quality programs
with which many of these same facilities are already complying.
    It is reasonable for new sources that start operation after January
1, 2010, to begin monitoring the first month of operation because new
sources would be aware of the rule requirements when they design the
facility and its processes and obtain permits. They can plan the data
collection and reporting processes and install needed monitoring
equipment as they build the facility and begin operating the monitoring
equipment when they begin operating the facility.
    We recognize that although the Agency plans to issue the final rule
in sufficient time to begin monitoring on January 1, 2010, we may be
unable to meet that goal. Therefore, we are interested in receiving
comments on alternative effective dates, including the following two options:
    • Report 2010 data in 2011 using best available data: Under
this scenario, the rule would be effective January 1, 2010, allowing
affected facilities to use either the methods in proposed 40 CFR part
98 or best available data. As in the current proposal, the report would
be submitted on March 31, 2011, and then full data collection, using
the methods in 40 CFR part 98 would begin in 2011, with that report
sent to EPA on March 31, 2012. Under this approach, EPA solicits
comment on the types of best available data and methods that should be
allowed in 2010, by source category, (e.g., fuel consumption, emissions
by process, default emissions factors, fuel receipts, etc.) as well as
additional basic data that should be reported (e.g., facility name,
location). This approach is similar to the CARB mandatory reporting
rule, which allowed affected facilities to report 2009 emissions in
2010 using best available data, and then requires 2010 data collection
in 2011 using the methods in the rule. The advantages of this approach
are that the dates of the proposal remain intact and EPA receives basic
information, including emissions and fuel data from all affected
facilities in 2011. Furthermore, this approach can ease facilities into
the program by giving them potentially a full year to implement the
required methods and install any necessary equipment. For example, this
option encourages the use of the methods in 40 CFR part 98 but if that
is not possible, it allows the use of best available data (e.g., if a
facility does not have a required flow meter installed for 2010 they
can substitute the data from their fuel receipts in the calculation).
The disadvantage of this approach is that it delays full data
collection using the methods in the rule by 1 year from what is
proposed. Further, in some cases, this approach could lead to data that
is of lesser quality than the data we would receive using the methods
in 40 CFR part 98. In other cases, because sources are already
following the methods in 40 CFR part 98 (e.g., stationary combustion
units in the ARP), the quality of the data would remain unchanged under
this option. Given the objective of this rule to collect comprehensive
and accurate data to inform future policies and the interest in
Congress in developing climate change legislation, any delay in
receiving that data could adversely affect the ability to inform those
policies. That said, the data we would receive in 2011 under this
option would at least provide basic information about the types, locations,
emissions and fuel consumption from facilities in the United States.
    • Report 2011 data in 2012: Under this scenario, the rule
would require that affected facilities begin collecting data January 1,
2011 and submit the first reports to EPA on March 31, 2012. The methods
in the proposed rule would remain unchanged and the only difference is
that this option would delay implementation of the rule by one year.
The advantages of this approach are that affected facilities would have
a substantial amount of time to prepare for this reporting rule,
including implementing the method and installing equipment. In
addition, we would have even more time to conduct outreach and guidance
to affected facilities. The disadvantages of this approach are that it
delays implementation of this rule by a year and does not offer a
mechanism for EPA to receive crucial data, even basic data, necessary
to inform future policy and regulatory development. Furthermore, in
some cases affected facilities are already implementing the methods
required by proposed 40 CFR part 98 (e.g., stationary combustion units
in the ARP) or are familiar with the methods, and have all of the
necessary equipment or processes in place to monitor emissions
consistent with the methods in 40 CFR part 98. Therefore, delaying
implementation by a year not only deprives EPA of valuable data to
support future policy development, but at the same time, does not
provide any real advantage to these facilities.
    Proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A, specifies numerical reporting
thresholds for different direct emitters or supply

[[Page 16472]]

operations. A facility or supply operation that exceeds any of these
reporting thresholds in 2010 would submit a full emissions report in
reporting year 2011, which contains calendar year 2010 data. The
facilities and supply operations that contain many of the source
categories that are listed in 40 CFR part 98, subpart A are larger
facilities that have been participating in a variety of mandatory and
voluntary GHG emissions programs. Therefore, those facilities and
supply operations should be familiar with the methods and able to
comply with the requirements and submit a full report without
significant burden.
    As discussed earlier, if a facility does not have any of the source
categories listed in proposed 40 CFR 98.2 (a)(1) or (2), but has
stationary combustion onsite that exceeds the GHG reporting threshold
in 2010, they would still be required to estimate GHG emissions in 2010
and report in 2011. However, because those facilities would not contain
any of the source categories specifically identified in proposed 40 CFR
98.2 (a)(1) or (2) and tend to be smaller facilities in diverse
industrial sectors, they may require some extra time to implement the
requirements of this rule. As such, they would be allowed to use an
abbreviated facility report using simplified emission estimation
methods for the first year (i.e., for calendar year 2010) and would not
be required to complete a full report until the second reporting year
(i.e., 2012).
    The abbreviated report would allow the facility to use default
fuel-specific CO2 emission factors. They would not be
required to determine actual fuel carbon content or to use a CEMS to
determine CO2 emissions, as they may otherwise be required
to do with a full report. This provision for abbreviated reporting
requirements has been proposed because there are potentially many
facilities that are not in the listed industries, but are required to
report solely due to stationary combustion sources at their facility.
These include numerous and diverse sources in a wide variety of
industries, some of which may not be as familiar with GHG monitoring
and reporting. Such sources may often need more time to determine if
they are above the threshold and subject to the rule and, if they are,
to implement the full monitoring and reporting systems required.
Therefore, the abbreviated report with simpler estimating methodologies
is being proposed for these sources for the first year of monitoring
and reporting.
    EPA proposes that the annual GHG emissions reports would be
submitted no later than March 31 for the previous calendar year's
reporting period. Three months is a reasonable time to compile and
review the information needed for the annual GHG emissions report and
to prepare and submit the report. The data needed to estimate emissions
and compile the report would be collected by the facility on an ongoing
basis throughout the year, so facilities could begin data summary
during the year as the data are collected. For example, they could
compile needed GHG calculation input data (e.g., fuel use or raw
material consumption data) or emission data on a periodic basis (e.g.,
monthly or quarterly) throughout the year and then total it at the end
of the year. Therefore, only the most recently collected information
would need to be compiled and a final set of calculations would need to
be performed before the final report is assembled. Given the nature of
the methodologies contained in the rule, three months is sufficient
time to calculate emissions, quality-assure, certify, and submit the data.

F. Rationale for Selecting the Frequency of Reporting

    EPA is proposing that all affected facilities would have to submit
annual GHG emission reports. Facilities with ARP units that report
CO2 emissions data to EPA on a quarterly basis would
continue to submit quarterly reports as required by 40 CFR part 75, in
addition to providing the annual GHG reports. The annual CO2
mass emissions from the ARP reports would simply be converted to metric
tons and included in the GHG report. This approach should not impose a
significant burden on ARP sources.
    We have determined that annual reporting is sufficient for policy
development. It is consistent with other existing mandatory and
voluntary GHG reporting programs at the State and Federal levels (e.g.,
TCR, several individual State mandatory GHG reporting rules, EPA
voluntary partnership programs, the DOE voluntary GHG registry).
However, as future policies develop it may be necessary to reconsider
the reporting frequency and require more or less frequent reporting
(e.g., quarterly or every few years). For example, under future
programs or policy initiatives, particularly if regulatory in nature
(e.g., a cap-and-trade program similar to the ARP) it may be more
appropriate require quarterly reporting.

G. Rationale for the Emissions Information To Report

1. General Content of Reports
    Generally, we propose that facilities report emissions for all
source categories at the facility for which methods have been defined
in any subpart of proposed 40 CFR part 98. Facilities would report (1)
total annual GHG emissions in metric tons CO2e and (2)
separately present annual mass emissions of each individual GHG for
each source category at the facility .\59\ Reporting of CO2e
allows a comparison of total GHG emissions across facilities in varying
categories which emit different GHGs. Knowledge of both individual
gases emitted and total CO2e emissions would be valuable for
future policy development and help EPA quantify the relative
contribution of each gas to a source category's emissions, while
maintaining the transparency of reporting total mass of individual
gases released by facility, unit, or process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ Consistent with the IPCC, the CARB reporting rule and the
EU Emission Trading System, the proposed rule requires units to separately
report the biogenic portion of their total annual CO2 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Emissions would be reported at the level (facility, process, unit)
at which the emission calculation methods are specified in each
applicable subpart. For example, if a pulp and paper mill has three
boilers and a wastewater treatment operation, the facility would report
emissions for each boiler (according to the methodologies presented in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C), the wastewater treatment operation
(according to proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart II), and from chemical
recovery units, lime kilns, and makeup chemicals (according to proposed
40 CFR part 98, subpart AA). In addition, the report would include
summary information on certain process operating data that influence
the level of emissions and that are necessary to calculate GHG
emissions and verify those calculations using the methodologies in the
rule. Examples of these data include fuel type and amount, raw material
inputs, or production output. The specific process information to
report varies for each source category and is specified in each subpart.
    Furthermore, in addition to any specific requirements for reporting
emissions from electricity generation in Sections V.C and V.D of this
preamble, EPA is proposing that all facilities and supply operations
affected by this rule would also report the quantity of electricity
generated onsite. The generation of onsite electricity can

[[Page 16473]]

represent a relatively significant fraction of onsite fuel use. We seek
comment on whether this information would be useful to support future
climate policy development, given the other data related to GHG
emissions from electricity generation already collected under other
sections of this proposed rule. At this point, we do not propose
separate reporting of the onsite electricity generation by generation
source (e.g., combined heat and power or renewable or fossil-based) due
to the burden on reporters, but we recognize the potential value of
being able to discern the quantity of electricity being generated from
renewable and non-renewable sources. We are seeking comment on the
value of collecting this data; and if it is collected, whether there is
a need to separately report the kilowatt-hours by type of generation source.
    We are also taking comment on, but not proposing at this time,
requiring facilities and supply operations affected by the proposed
rule to also report the quantity of electricity purchased. For many
industrial facilities, purchased electricity represents a large part of
onsite energy consumption, and their overall GHG emissions footprint
when taking into account the indirect emissions from fossil fuel
combusted for the electricity generated. Together, the reporting of
electricity purchase data and onsite generation could provide a better
understanding of how electricity is used in the economy and the major
industry sectors.
    Many existing reporting programs require reporting of indirect
emissions (e.g., Climate Leaders, CARB, TCR, DOE 1605(b) program). In
general, the protocols for these programs follow the methods developed
by WRI/WBCSD for the quantification and reporting of indirect emissions
from the purchase of electricity. The WRI/WBCSD protocol outlines three
scopes to help delineate direct and indirect emission sources, with the
stated goal to improve transparency, and provide utility for different
types of organizations and different types of climate policies and
business goals. Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions occurring from
sources that are owned or controlled by the business. Scope 2 includes
indirect GHG emissions resulting from the generation of purchased
electricity, heat, and/or steam. Scope 3 is optional and includes other
types of indirect emissions (e.g., from production of purchased
materials, waste disposal or employee transportation).
    We are taking comment on, but not proposing at this time, an
approach that would require the reporting of electricity purchase data,
and not indirect emissions, because these data are more readily
available to all facilities. Through the review of existing reporting
programs that require the reporting of indirect emissions data it was
determined that there are multiple ways proposed to calculate indirect
emissions from electricity purchases. This reflects the challenge
associated with determining the specific fossil fuel mix used to
generate the electricity consumed by a facility, and thus the indirect
emissions that should be attributed to the facility. Although indirect
emissions data would not be directly reported under this approach, it
would enable indirect emissions for facilities to be calculated. This
option also would be the least burdensome to reporting facilities since
the data would be easily available.
    The information that is proposed to be reported reflects the data
that could support analyses of GHG emissions for future policy
development and ensure the data are accurate and comparable across
source categories. Besides total facility emissions, it benefits
policymakers to understand: (1) The specific sources of the emissions
and the amounts emitted by each unit/process to effectively interpret
the data, and (2) the effect of different processes, fuels, and
feedstocks on emissions. This level of reporting should not be overly
burdensome because many of these data already are routinely monitored
and recorded by facilities for business reasons. The remainder of the
reported data would need to be collected to determine GHG emissions.
    The report would contain a signed certification from a
representative designated by the owner or operator of a facility
affected by this rule. This ``Designated Representative'' would act as
a legal representative between the source and the Agency. The use of
the Designated Representative would simplify the administration of the
program while ensuring the accountability of an owner or operator for
emission reports and other requirements of the mandatory GHG reporting
rule. The Designated Representative would certify that data submitted
are complete, true, and accurate. The Designated Representative could
appoint an alternate to act on their behalf, but the Designated
Representative would maintain legal responsibility for the submission
of complete, true, and accurate emissions data and supplemental data.
    Besides these general reporting requirements, the specific
reporting requirements for each source category are described in the
methodological discussions in Section V of this preamble.
2. De minimis Reporting for Minor Emission Points
    A number of existing GHG reporting programs contain ``de minimis''
provisions. The goal of a de minimis provision is to avoid imposing
excessive reporting costs on minor emission points that can be
burdensome or infeasible to monitor. Existing GHG reporting programs
recognize that it may not be possible or efficient to specify the
reporting methods for every source that must be reported and,
therefore, have some type of provision to reduce the burden for smaller
emissions sources. Depending on the program, the reporter is allowed to
either not report a subset of emissions (e.g., 2 to 5 percent of
facility-level emissions) or use simplified calculation methods for de
minimis sources.
    We analyzed the de minimis provisions of existing reporting rules
and concluded that there is no need to exclude a percentage of
emissions from reporting under this proposal. EPA recognizes the
potential burden of reporting emissions for smaller sources. The
proposal addresses this concern in several ways. First, only those
facilities over the established thresholds would be required to report.
Smaller facilities would not be subject to the program. Second, for
those facilities subject to the rule, only emissions from those source
categories for which methods are provided would be reported. Methods
are not proposed for what are typically smaller sources of emissions
(e.g., coal piles on industrial sites). Third, because some facilities
subject to the rule could still have some relatively small sources, the
proposal includes simplified emissions estimation methods for smaller
sources, where appropriate. For example, small stationary combustion
units could use a default emission factor and heat rate to estimate
emissions, and no fuel measurements would be required. Where simplified
methods are proposed, they are described in the relevant discussions in
Section V of this preamble.
    Our analysis showed that the GHG reporting programs with de minimis
exclusions are structured differently than our proposed rule. For
example, most rules with de minimis exclusions require corporate level
reporting of all emission sources. Under these programs, some
corporations must report emissions from numerous remote facilities and
must report emissions from small onsite equipment (e.g., lawn mowers).
For these programs, a de minimis exclusion avoids potentially

[[Page 16474]]

unreasonable reporting burdens. The recent trend in these programs,
however, is to require full reporting of all required GHG emissions,
but allow simplified calculation procedures for small sources. In
contrast to these other reporting programs, today's proposed rule would
affect only larger facilities, would require reporting of significant
emission points only, and would contain simplified reporting where
practicable. Accordingly, a de minimis exclusion is not necessary. EPA
requests comment on whether this approach to smaller sources of
emissions is appropriate or if we should include some type of de
minimis provision.
    For additional information on the treatment of de minimis in
existing GHG reporting programs, please refer to the ``Reporting
Methods for Small Emission Points (De Minimis Reporting)'' (EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508-048).
3. Recalculation and Missing Data
    Most voluntary and mandatory GHG reporting programs include
provisions for operators to revise previously submitted data. For
example, some voluntary programs require reporters to revise their base
year emissions calculations if there is a significant change in the
boundary of a reporter, a change in methodologies or input data, a
calculation error, or a combination of the above that leads to a
significant change in emissions. Recalculation procedures particularly
appear to be central in voluntary GHG reporting programs that are also
tracking emissions reductions.
    Moreover, some programs (e.g., ARP) have detailed provisions for
filling in data gaps that are missing in the required report. For
example, in ARP, these procedures apply when CEMS are not functioning
and as a result several hours of the required hourly data are missing.
Note, however, that merely filling in data gaps that are missing or
correcting calculation errors does not relieve an operator from
liability for failure to properly calculate, monitor and test as required.
    For this mandatory GHG reporting program, EPA concluded it was
important to have missing data procedures in order to ensure there is a
complete report of emissions from a particular facility. However,
because this program requires annual reporting rather than quarterly
reporting of hourly data as in ARP, the missing data provision often
require the facility to redo the test or calculation of emissions.
Section V of the preamble details the missing data procedures for
facilities reporting to this program. EPA is seeking comment on whether
to include a provision to require a minimum standard for reported data
(e.g., only 10 percent of the data reported can be generated using
missing data procedures).
    In addition to establishing procedures for missing data, there may
be benefit in requiring previously submitted data to be recalculated in
order to ensure that the GHG emissions reported by a facility are as
accurate as possible. The proposed California mandatory GHG reporting
program, for example, allows reporters to revise submitted emissions
data if errors are identified, subject to approval by the program.
    EPA is considering whether or not to include provisions to require
facilities to correct previously submitted data under certain
circumstances. However, these benefits must also be weighed against the
additional costs associated with requiring reporters to recalculate and
resubmit previous data, and the magnitude of the emissions changes
expected from such recalculations. Moreover, even if EPA were to allow
recalculation of submitted data or accept data submitted using missing
data procedures, that would not relieve the reporter of their
obligation to report data that are complete, accurate and in accordance
with the requirements of this rule. Although submitting recalculated
data or data using missing data procedures would correct the data that
are wrong, that resubmission or missing data procedures does not
necessarily reverse the potential rule violation and would not relieve
the reporter of any penalties associated with that violation. EPA is
seeking comment on whether the mandatory GHG reporting program should
include provisions to require reporters to submit recalculated data and
under what circumstances such recalculations should be required.

H. Rationale for Monitoring Requirements

    In selecting the monitoring requirements for the proposed rule,
EPA's goal is to collect data of sufficient accuracy and quality to be
used to inform future climate policy development and support a range of
possible policies and regulations. Future policies and regulations
could range from research and development initiatives to regulatory
programs (e.g. , cap-and-trade programs). Accurate and timely
information is critical to making policy decisions and developing
programs. However, EPA recognizes that methods that provide the most
accurate data may also entail higher data collection costs. In
selecting a general monitoring approach, EPA considered the relative
accuracy and costs of different approaches, the monitoring methods
already in use within the regulated industries, and consistency with
the monitoring approaches required by various Federal and State
mandatory and voluntary GHG reporting programs. Measurement methods can
range from continuous direct emissions measurements to simple
calculation methods that rely on default factors and assumptions. EPA
considered four broad monitoring approaches for the mandatory GHG rule.
These general approaches (options 1 through 4) and the rationale for
the selected approach are described in this section. After a general
approach was selected, EPA developed the specific proposed monitoring
methods for each source category as described in Section V of this preamble.
    Option 1. Direct Emission Measurement. Option 1 would require
direct measurement of GHGs for all source categories where direct
measurement is feasible. It would require installation of CEMS for
CO2 in the stacks from stationary combustion units and
industrial processes. The approach would be similar to 40 CFR part 75
that require coal-fired EGUs to install, operate, and maintain CEMs for
SO2 and NOX emissions and report hourly emissions
data (although some lower-emitting units have the option to use fuel
sampling and fuel flow rate metering to determine emissions). Like 40
CFR part 75, the direct measurement approach would have detailed
requirements for the CEMS including stringent QA/QC requirements to
monitor accuracy and precision.
    Direct measurement is not technically feasible in all cases. For
example, CEMS are not available for many of the GHGs that must be
reported. Direct measurement is also infeasible for emissions that are
not captured and emitted through a stack, such as CH4
emissions from the surface of landfills or fugitive emissions from
selected oil and natural gas operations. For sources where direct
measurement is not technically feasible, this option would require the
use of rigorous methods with a comparable level of accuracy to CEMS.
    The direct measurement option has the highest degree of certainty
of the data reported. It is also the most costly because all facilities
where direct measurement is feasible would need to install, operate,
and maintain emission monitors. Most facilities currently do not have
CEMS to measure GHG emissions.
    Option 2. Combination of Direct Emission Measurement and Facility-
Specific Calculations. This option

[[Page 16475]]

would require direct measurement of emissions from units at facilities
that already are required to collect and report data using CEMS under
other Federally enforceable programs (e.g., ARP, NSPS, NESHAP, SIPs).
In some cases, this may require upgrading existing CEMS that currently
monitor criteria pollutants to also monitor CO2.
    Facilities that do not have units that have CEMS installed would
have the choice to either directly measure emissions or to use
facility-specific GHG calculation methods. The measurement and
calculation methods for each source category would be specified in each
subpart. Depending on the source category, methods could include mass
balance; measurement of the facility's use of fuels, raw materials, or
additives combined with site-specific measured carbon content of these
materials; or other procedures that rely on facility-specific data. For
the supplier source categories (e.g., those that supply fuels or
industrial GHGs), this option would require reporting of production,
import, and export data. The supplier companies already closely track
these data for financial and other reasons.
    This option provides a relatively high degree of certainty and
takes advantage of existing practices at facilities. This option is
less costly than option 1 because most facilities are not required to
install CEMS and can, in many cases, make use of data they are already
collecting for other reasons.
    Option 3. Simplified Calculation Methods. Under option 3,
facilities would calculate emissions using simple inputs (e.g., total
annual production) that are usually already measured for other reasons,
and EPA-supplied default emission factors (many of which have been
developed by industry consortiums, such as the World Resources
Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WRI/
WBCSD) (Cement Sustainability Initiative) Protocol). The default
emission factors would represent national average factors. These
methods and emission factors would not take into account facility-
specific differences in processes or in the composition of raw
materials, fuels, or products.
    Under this option, the only facilities that would have to use more
rigorous monitoring or site-specific calculations methods are
facilities that are already required to report emissions under 40 CFR
part 75. These facilities would continue to follow the CO2
monitoring and reporting requirements of 40 CFR part 75.
    Data collected under this option would have a lower degree of
certainty than options 1 or 2. Furthermore, many facilities are already
calculating GHG emissions to a higher degree of certainty for business
reasons or for other mandatory or voluntary reporting programs, and
option 3 would not make use of such available data. However, the cost
to facilities is lower than under options 1 and 2.
    Option 4. Reporter's Choice of Methods. Under this approach,
reporters would have flexibility to select any measurement or
calculation method and any emission factors for determining emissions.
The rule would not prescribe any methods or present any specific
options for determining emissions.
    Data collected under this option would not be comparable across a
given industry and across reporters subject to the program, thereby
minimizing the usefulness of the data to support future policymaking.
Although some facilities might choose to use direct measurement because
CEMS are already installed at the facility, other facilities would
select default calculations. This option would be the lowest cost to reporters.
    Proposed Option. For the proposed rule, EPA selected option 2
(combination of direct measurement and facility-specific calculations)
as the general monitoring approach. This option results in relatively
high quality data for use in developing climate policies and supporting
a wide range of potential future policy options. Because we do not yet
know which specific policy options the data may ultimately be used to
support, the reported GHG emission estimates should have a sufficient
degree of certainty such that they could be used to help develop a
potential variety of programs.
    Option 2 strikes a balance between data accuracy and cost. It makes
use of existing data and methodologies to the extent feasible, and
avoids the cost of installing and operating CEMS at numerous
facilities. It is consistent with the types of methods contained in
other GHG reporting programs (e.g., TCR, California programs, Climate
Leaders). Because this option specifies methods for each source
category, it should result in data that are comparable across facilities.
    Option 1 (direct emission measurement) was not chosen because the
cost to the reporters if all facilities had to install continuous
emission monitoring systems would be unreasonably high in the absence
of a defined policy that would require this type of monitoring.
However, under the selected option, facilities that already use CEMS
would still be required to use them for purposes of the GHG reporting rule.
    Option 3 (simplified calculation methods) was not chosen because
the data would be less accurate than option 2 and would not make use of
site-specific data that many facilities already have available and
refined calculation approaches that many facilities are already using.
Option 3 would also be inconsistent with several other GHG reporting
programs such as TCR and California programs that contain more site-
specific calculation methods for several of the source categories.
    Option 4 (reporter's choice of methods) was not proposed because
the accuracy and reliability of the reported data would be unknown and
would vary from one reporter to the next. Because consistent methods
would not be used under this option, the reported data would not be
comparable across similar facilities. The lack of comparability would
undermine the use of the data to support policy decisions.
    EPA requests comments on the selected monitoring approach and on
other potential options and their advantages and disadvantages.

I. Rationale for Selecting the Recordkeeping Requirements

    EPA is proposing that each facility that would be required to
submit an annual GHG report would also keep the following records, in
addition to any records prescribed in each applicable subpart:
    • A list of all units, operations, processes and activities
for which GHG emissions are calculated;
    • The data used to calculate the GHG emissions for each unit,
operation, process, and activity, categorized by fuel or material type;
    • Documentation of the process used to collect the necessary
data for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • The GHG emissions calculations and methods used;
    • All emission factors used for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • Any facility operating data or process information used
for the GHG emissions calculations;
    • Names and documentation of key facility personnel involved
in calculating and reporting the GHG emissions;
    • The annual GHG emissions reports;
    • A log book documenting any procedural changes to the GHG
emissions accounting methods and any changes to the instrumentation
critical to GHG emissions calculations;
    • Missing data computations;
    • A written QAPP;
    • Any other data specified in any applicable subpart of
proposed 40 CFR part 98. Examples of such data could

[[Page 16476]]

include the results of sampling and analysis procedures required by the
subparts (e.g., fuel heat content, carbon content of raw materials, and
flow rate) and other data used to calculate emissions.
    These data are needed to verify the accuracy of reported GHG
emission calculations and, if needed, to reproduce GHG emission
estimates using the methods prescribed in the proposed rule. Since the
above information must be collected in order to calculate GHG
emissions, the added burden of maintaining records of that information
should be minimal.
    Each facility would be required to retain all required records for
at least 5 years. Records would be maintained for this period so that a
history of compliance could be demonstrated and questions about past
emission estimates could be resolved, if needed.
    The records would be required to be kept in an electronic or hard-
copy format (as appropriate) that is readily accessible within a
reasonable time for onsite inspection and auditing. They would be
recorded in a form that can be easily inspected and reviewed. The
allowance of a variety of electronic and hard copy formats for records
allows flexibility for facilities to use a system that meets their
needs and is consistent with other facility records maintenance
practices, thereby minimizing the recordkeeping burden.

J. Rationale for Verification Requirements

1. General Approach to Verification Proposed in This Rule
    GHG emissions reported under this rule would be verified to ensure
accuracy and completeness so that EPA and the public could be confident
in using the data for developing climate policies and potential future
regulations. To ensure the completeness and quality of data reported to
the program, the Agency proposes self-certification with EPA
verification. Under this approach, all reporters subject to this rule
would certify that the information they submit to EPA is truthful,
accurate and complete. EPA would then review the emissions data and
supporting data submitted by reporters to verify that the GHG emission
reports are complete, accurate, and meet the reporting requirements of
this rule.
    Given the scope of this rulemaking, this approach is consistent
with many EPA regulatory programs. That said, this proposal does not
preclude that in the future, as climate policies evolve, EPA may
consider third party verification for other programs (e.g., offsets).
Furthermore, many programs in the States and Regions may be broader in
scope and the use of third party verifiers may be appropriate to meet
the needs of those programs.
    In addition, under the authorities of CAA sections 114 and 208, EPA
has the authority to independently conduct site visits to observe
monitoring procedures, review records, and verify compliance with this
rule (see Section VII of this preamble for further information on
compliance and enforcement). For vehicle and engine manufacturers, EPA
is not proposing additional verification requirements beyond the
current emissions testing and certification procedures. These
procedures include well-established methods for assuring the
completeness and quality of reported emission test data and EPA is
proposing to include the new GHG reporting requirements as part of
these methods.
2. Options Considered
    In selecting this proposed approach to verification, the Agency
reviewed verification requirements and procedures under a number of
existing EPA regulatory programs, as well as existing domestic and
international GHG reporting programs. Additional information on this
review and the verification approaches can be found in a technical
memorandum (``Review of Verification Systems in Environmental Reporting
Programs,'' EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-047). Based on this review, EPA
considered three alternative approaches to verification: (1) Self-
certification without independent verification, (2) self-certification
with third-party verification, and (3) self-certification with EPA verification.
    Option 1. Self-certification without independent verification.
Under this option, the Designated Representative of the reporting
facility would be required to sign and submit a certification statement
as part of each annual emissions report. The certification would affirm
that the report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of the GHG reporting rule, and that the emissions data and other
information reported is true and accurate to the best knowledge and
belief of the certifying official. The reasons for requiring self-
certification are contained in Section IV.G of this preamble. Under
option 1, EPA would not independently verify the accuracy and
consistency of the reported data. Furthermore, because this approach
does not include independent verification by EPA or a third party, the
facility would not have to submit the detailed data needed to verify
emissions estimates. Such information would be retained at the
facility. For example, facilities would not be required to submit
detailed monitoring data, activity data (e.g., fuel use, raw material
consumption, production rates), carbon content measurements, or
emission factor data used to calculate emissions.
    Option 1 is a low burden option for reporters submitting data for
this rule. Reporters under this option would not have to pay for third-
party verifiers and would not necessarily have to submit the additional
data required under the other options. In addition, EPA would not incur
the expense of conducting verification of the reported data or
certifying independent verifiers to conduct verification activities.
The major disadvantages of this approach are the greater potential for
inconsistent and inaccurate data in the absence of independent
verification and the lower level of confidence that the public,
stakeholders and EPA may have in the data.
    Option 2. Self-certification with third-party verification. Under
this approach, reporters would submit the same self-certification
statements as under option 1. In addition, reporters would be required
to hire independent third-party verifiers. The third-party verifiers
would review the emissions report and the underlying monitoring system
records, activity data collection, calculation procedures, and
documentation, and submit a verification statement that the reported
emissions are accurate and free of material misstatement. Under this
approach, records supporting the GHG emissions calculations would be
retained at the facility for compliance purposes and provided to the
verifiers, but not submitted to EPA. In addition, as discussed below,
EPA would have to establish a system to certify the independent verifiers.
    Self-certification with third-party verification provides greater
assurance of accuracy and impartiality than self-certification without
verification. While this option is consistent with some existing
domestic and international GHG reporting programs such as TCR, the
California mandatory reporting rule, CCAR, and the EU Emission Trading
System, the majority of industry stakeholders that met with EPA are
opposed to this approach for this rulemaking, primarily due to the
additional cost. Compared to option 1, the third-party verification
approach places two additional costs on reporters: (1) Reporters would
need to hire and pay verifiers, at a cost of thousands of dollars per
reporting facility, and (2) reporters would incur costs to assemble

[[Page 16477]]

and provide to verifiers detailed supporting data for the emission estimates.
    To ensure consistency and quality of the third-party verifications,
EPA would need to develop verification protocols, establish a system to
qualify and accredit the third-party verifiers, and conduct ongoing
oversight and auditing of verifications to be sure that third-party
verifications continue to be conducted in a consistent and high quality manner.
    As mentioned above, as climate policy evolves, it may be
appropriate for EPA to consider the use of third party verification in
other circumstances (e.g., offsets).
    Option 3. Self-certification with EPA verification. Under this
option, reporters would submit the same self-certification as under
option 1. Reporters also would assemble data to support their emissions
estimates, similar to option 2 but submit it to EPA in their annual
emission reports, rather than to a third party verifier. EPA would
review the emissions estimates and the supporting data contained in the
reports, and perform other activities (e.g., comparison of data across
similar facilities, site visits) to verify that the reported emissions
data are accurate and complete.
    EPA verification provides greater assurance of accuracy and
impartiality than self-reporting without verification. Compared to a
third-party verification system, there would be a consistent approach
to verification from one centralized verifier rather than a variety of
separate verifiers although this option would require EPA to ensure
consistency if it chose to use its own contractors to support its
verification activities. In addition, a centralized verification system
would provide greater ability to the government to identify trends and
outliers in data and thus assist with targeted enforcement planning.
Finally, an EPA verification approach is consistent with other EPA
emissions reporting programs including EPA's ARP.\60\ The cost to the
reporter is intermediate between options 1 and 2. Although this
approach would not subject reporters to the cost of paying for third-
party verifiers, reporters would have to assemble and submit detailed
supporting data to ensure proper verification by EPA. An EPA
verification program would result in greater costs to the Agency than
options 1 and 2, but due to economies of scale may result in lower
overall costs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ For a description of how verification is conducted in ARP
please see, ``Fundamentals of Successful Monitoring, Reporting, and
Verification under a Cap-and-Trade Program.'' John Schakenbach,
Robert Vollaro, and Reynaldo Forte, U.S. EPA/OAP. Journal of the Air
and Waste Management Association 56:1576-1583. November 2006. (EPA-
HQ-OAR-2008-0508-051.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Selection of Self-Certification With EPA Verification as the
Proposed Approach
    EPA is proposing self-certification with EPA verification (option
3) because it ensures that data reported under this rule are
consistent, accurate, and complete. In addition, we are seeking comment
on requiring third-party verification for suppliers of petroleum
products, many of whom currently report to EPA under the Office of
Transportation and Air Quality's fuels programs. Third-party
verification could be reasonable in these instances because this rule,
to some extent, would build on existing transportation fuels programs
that already require audits of records maintained by these suppliers by
independent certified public accountants or certified internal
auditors. For more information about the approach to fuel suppliers
please refer to Section V of this preamble.
    EPA is successfully using self certification with EPA verification
in a number of other emissions reporting programs. EPA verification
option provides greater assurance of the accuracy, completeness, and
consistency of the reported data than option 1 (no independent
verification) and consistent with feedback from industry stakeholders,
does not require reporters to hire third-party verifiers (option 2). In
addition, EPA verification option does not require the establishment of
an accreditation and approval program for third-party verifiers
although it would require EPA to ensure consistency if it chose to use
its own contractors to support its verification activities.
    EPA judged that option 1 (no independent verification) does not
ensure sufficient quality data for the possible future uses of the
data. The potential inconsistency, inaccuracy, and increased
uncertainty of the data collected under option 1 would make the data
less useful for informing decisions on climate policy and supporting
the development of a wide range of potential future policies and regulations.
    We selected EPA verification (option 3) instead of third-party
verification (option 2) because EPA verification is consistent with
other EPA programs, has lower costs to reporters than option 2, and
would result in a consistent verification approach applied to all
submitted data. Even with a verifier accreditation and approval
process, the third-party verification approach could entail a risk of
inconsistent verifications because verification responsibilities are
spread amongst numerous verifiers. Given the potential diversity of
verifiers, the quality and thoroughness of verifications may be
inconsistent and EPA audit and enforcement oversight would become the
predominant factor in ensuring uniformity. Under option 2, EPA would
also need to develop and administer a process to ensure that verifiers
hired by the reporting facilities do not have conflicts of interest.
Such a program could require EPA to review numerous individual conflict
of interest screening determinations made each time a reporter hires a
third-party verifier. Finally, EPA verification would likely avoid any
delays that may be introduced by third-party verification and better
ensure the timely reporting and use of the reported data. Some
reporting programs provide four to six months after the annual
emissions report is submitted for third-party verification. That said,
as mentioned above, depending on the scope or type of program (e.g.,
offsets), EPA may consider the use of third party verification in the
future as policy options evolve.
    The Agency recognizes that, in some instances, data submitted by
reporters under this rule may have been independently verified as the
result of other mandatory or voluntary GHG reporting programs or by
other Federal, State or local regulations. Whether or not data have
been independently verified outside of the requirements of this
proposed GHG reporting rule, EPA has concluded for the purposes of this
proposal it is important to apply the same verification requirements to
all affected facilities in order to ensure equity across all reporters
and consistent data collection for policy analysis and public information.

K. Rationale for Selection of Duration of the Program

    EPA is proposing that the rule require the reporting of GHG
emissions data on an ongoing, annual basis. Other approaches that EPA
considered include a one-time collection of information and collection
of a limited duration (e.g., a three-year data collection effort).
    EPA does not believe that a one-time data collection effort is
consistent with the legislative history of the FY 2008 Consolidated
Appropriations Act, which instructed EPA to develop a rule to require
the reporting of GHG emissions. Typically, a rule is not required to
undertake a one-time information collection request. Moreover, the
President's FY 2010

[[Page 16478]]

Budget, as well as initial Congressional budgets for the remainder of
FY 2009 indicate that policy makers anticipate that the information
will be collected for multiple years.
    For example, on February 6, 2009, Senators Feinstein, Boxer, Snowe
and Klobuchar sent a letter to EPA's Administrator Lisa Jackson and
OMB's Director Peter Orszag stating that this program allowed EPA to
``gather critical baseline data on greenhouse gas emissions, which is
essential information that policymakers need to craft an effective
climate change approach.'' In addition, in recent testimony from John
Stephenson, Director of Natural Resources and Environment at the
Government Accountability Office,\61\ stated that when setting
baselines for past regulatory policies, averaging data ``across several
years also helped to ensure that the baseline reflected changes in
emissions that can result in a given year due to economic and other
conditions.'' The testimony further noted the because EPA's ARP was
able to average several years worth of data when setting the baseline
for SO2 reductions, the program ``achieved greater
assurances that it reduced emissions from historical levels'' as
opposed to the EU who did not have enough data to set accurate
baselines for the first phase of the EU Emissions Trading System.
Furthermore, EPA's experience with certain CAA programs show that a
one-time snapshot of information is not always representative of normal
operations, and hence emissions, of a facility. See, e.g., Final New
Source Review (NSR) Reform Rules, 68 FR 80186, 80199 (2002). Finally,
as discussed earlier, a multi-year reporting program allows EPA to
track trends in emissions and understand factors that influence
emissions levels.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ High Quality Greenhouse Gas Emissions Data are a
Cornerstone of Programs to Address Climate Change, Statement of John
Stephenson, Director, Natural Resources and Environment, Government
Accountability Office, February 24, 2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    EPA also considered a multi-year program that would sunset at a
date certain in the future (e.g., three years) absent subsequent
regulatory action by EPA to extend it. EPA decided against this
approach because it would unnecessarily limit the debate about
potential policy options to address climate change. At this time, it
would be premature to guess at what point in the future this
information may be less relevant to decision-making. Rather, a more
prudent approach is to maintain the program until such time in the
future when it is determined that the information for one or more
source categories is no longer relevant to decision-making, or is
adequately provided in the context of regulatory program (e.g., CAA
NSPS). Notably, EPA crafted the requirements in this rule with the
potential monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements for any
future regulations addressing GHG emissions in mind. EPA solicits
comment on all of these possible approaches, including whether EPA
should commit to revisit the continued necessity of the reporting
program at a future date.

V. Rationale for the Reporting, Recordkeeping and Verification
Requirements for Specific Source Categories

    Section V of this preamble discusses the source categories covered
by the proposed rule. Each section presents a description of a source
category and the proposed threshold, monitoring methods, missing data
procedures, and reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

A. Overview of Reporting for Specific Source Categories

    Once you have determined that your facility exceeds any reporting
threshold specified in 40 CFR 98.2(a), you would have to calculate and
report GHG emissions, or alternate information as required (e.g.,
production and imports for industrial GHG suppliers) for all source
categories at your facility for which there are measurement methods
provided. The threshold determination is separately assessed for
suppliers (fossil fuel suppliers and industrial GHG suppliers) and
downstream source categories.
    Facilities, or corporations, where relevant, that trigger only the
threshold for upstream fossil fuel or industrial GHG supply (proposed
40 CFR part 98, subparts KK through PP) need only follow the methods in
those respective sections. Facilities (or corporations) that contain
source categories that also have downstream sources of emissions (e.g.,
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts B through JJ), or facilities that are
exclusively downstream sources of emissions may have to monitor and
report GHG emissions using methods presented in multiple sections. For
example, a food processing facility should review Section V.C (General
Stationary Fuel Combustion), Section V.HH (Landfills) and Section V.II
(Wastewater Treatment) in addition to Section V.M (Food Processing) of
this preamble. Table 2 of this preamble (in the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this preamble) provides a cross walk to aid
facilities in identifying potentially relevant source categories. The
cross-walk table should only be seen as a guide as to the types of
source categories that may be present in any given facility and
therefore the methodological guidance in Section V of this preamble
that should be reviewed. Additional source categories (beyond those
listed in Table 2 of this preamble) may be relevant to a given
reporter. Similarly, not all listed source categories would be relevant
to all reporters. The remainder of this overview summarizes the general
approach to calculating and reporting these downstream sources of emissions.
    Consistent with the requirements in the proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart A, facilities would have to report GHG emissions from all
source categories located at their facility--stationary combustion,
process (e.g., iron and steel), fugitive (e.g., oil and gas) or
biologic (e.g., landfills) sources of GHG emissions. The methods
presented typically account for normal operating conditions, as well as
SSM, where significant (e.g., HCFC-22 production and oil and gas
systems). Although SSM is not specifically addressed for many source
categories, emissions estimation methodologies relying on CEMS or mass
balance approaches would capture these different operating conditions.
    For many facilities, calculating facility-wide emissions would
simply involve adding GHG emissions calculated under Section V.C of
this preamble (General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources) and
emissions calculated under the source-specific subpart. For other
facilities, particularly selected sources in Sections V.E through V.JJ
of this preamble that rely on mass balance approaches or the use of
CEMS, the proposed methods would (depending on the operating conditions
and configuration of the plant) capture both combustion and process-
related emissions and there is no need to separately quantify
combustion-related emissions using the methods presented in Section V.C
of this preamble.
    Generally, the proposed method depends on the equipment you
currently have installed at the facility.
    Sources with CEMS. If you have CEMS that meet the requirements in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C you would be required to quantify
and report the CO2 emissions that can be monitored using the
existing CEMS. Non-CO2 combustion-related emissions would be
estimated consistent with proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, and other
non-CO2 emissions would be estimated using the source-
specific methods provided.

[[Page 16479]]

    (1) Where the CEMS capture both combustion- and process-related
emissions you would be required to follow the calculation procedures,
monitoring and QA/QC methods, missing data procedures, reporting
requirements, and recordkeeping requirements of proposed 40 CFR part
98, subpart C to estimate emissions from the industrial source. In this
case, use of the additional methods provided in the source-specific
discussions would not be required.
    (2) Where the CEMS do not capture both combustion and process-
related emissions, you should refer to the source-specific sections
that provide methods for calculating process emissions. You would also
be required to follow the calculation procedures, monitoring and QA/QC
methods, missing data procedures, reporting requirements, and
recordkeeping requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to
estimate any stationary fuel combustion emissions from the industrial source.
    Sources without CEMS. If you do not have CEMS that meet the
requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, you would
be required to carry out facility-specific calculations to estimate
process emissions. You would also be required to follow the calculation
procedures, monitoring and QA/QC methods, missing data procedures,
reporting requirements, and recordkeeping requirements of proposed 40
CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate any stationary fuel combustion
emissions from the industrial source.

B. Electricity Purchases

    At this time, we are not proposing that facilities report
information to us regarding their electricity purchases or indirect
emissions from electricity consumption. However, we carefully
considered proposing that all facilities that report to us also report
their total purchases of electricity. This section describes our
deliberations and outlines potential methods for monitoring and
reporting electricity purchases. We generally seek comment on the value
of collecting information on electricity purchases. Further, we are
specifically interested in receiving feedback on the approach outlined below.
1. Definition of the Source Category
    The electric utility sector is the largest emitter of GHG emissions
in the U.S. The level of GHG emissions associated with electricity use
is determined not just by the fuel and combustion technology onsite at
the power plant, but also by customer demand for electricity.
Accordingly, electricity use and the efficiency of this use indirectly
affect the emissions of CO2, CH4 and N2O from
the combustion of fossil fuel at electric generating stations.
    For many facilities, purchased electricity represents a large part
of onsite energy consumption, and their overall GHG emissions footprint
when taking into account the indirect emissions from fossil fuel
combusted for the electricity generated. Therefore, the reporting of
electricity purchase data from facilities could provide a better
understanding of how electricity is used in the economy and the major
sectors. We would propose not to provide for adjustments to take into
account the purchases of renewable energy credits or other mechanisms.
    If included, this source category would include electricity
purchases, but not include electricity generated onsite (i.e.,
facility-operated power plants, emergency back-up generators, or any
portable, temporary, or other process internal combustion engines).
General requirements for all reporters subject to the proposed rule to
report on total kilowatt hours of electricity generated onsite is
discussed in Section IV.G of the preamble. Calculating emissions from
onsite electricity generation is addressed in Sections V.C and V.D of
this preamble.
    For additional background information on indirect emissions from
electricity purchases, please refer to the Electricity Purchases TSD
(EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-003).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    Three options for reporting thresholds could be considered for the
reporting of indirect emissions from purchased electricity (i.e., GHG
emissions from the production of purchased electricity). These options
would be as follows:
    Option 1: Do not require any reporting on electricity purchases or
associated indirect emissions from electricity purchases as part of this rule.
    Option 2: Require reporting on purchased electricity from all
facilities that are already required to report their GHG emissions
under this rule.
    Option 3: Require reporting of indirect emissions from purchased
electricity for facilities that exceed a prescribed total facility
emissions threshold (including indirect emissions from the purchased
electricity). Reporting for this option could be proposed either in
terms of electricity purchases or calculated indirect CO2e
emissions based on purchased electricity. This option would require an
additional number of reporters, based on their annual electricity
purchases, to report indirect emissions.
    No additional facilities to those already reporting their emissions
data under this rule would be affected by the first or second options.
The number of additional facilities affected by the third proposed
threshold is estimated to be approximately: 250 facilities at a 100,000
metric tons CO2e threshold; 5,000 total facilities at a
25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold; 15,000 total facilities
at a 10,000 metric tons CO2e threshold; and 185,000 total
facilities at a 1,000 metric tons CO2e threshold.
    Under all threshold options, reporting of information related to
electricity purchases would apply to entities reporting at the facility
level. This provision would not apply to source categories that we
propose report at the corporate level (e.g., importers and exporters of
industrial GHGs, local distribution companies, etc.). These companies
in many cases may own large facilities such as refineries which already
have a reporting obligation for direct emissions and electricity purchases.
    Given the above considerations, our preferred option would be
option 2. Purchased electricity is considered to be a significant
portion of the GHG emissions of most industrial facilities, therefore
the collection of indirect emissions from purchased electricity could
be seen as an important component of the GHG mandatory reporting rule.
Although such a reporting requirement would not provide EPA with
emissions information, it could provide the necessary underlying data
to develop emissions estimates in the future if this were necessary.
    The reporting of electricity purchase data directly instead of
calculated indirect emissions would be preferred due to the
difficulties in identifying the appropriate electrical grid or
electrical plant emission factor for converting a facility's
electricity purchases to GHG emissions. EPA does not have data to
evaluate the uncertainty of applying national, regional or State
emission factors to electricity consumption at a given facility, versus
undertaking detailed studies to determine the actual emissions from
electricity purchases.
    Under Option 2, all facilities that are already required to report
their GHG emissions under this rule would also have to quantify and
report their annual electricity purchases. The total purchased
electricity would include electricity purchased from all sources (i.e.,
fossil fuel power plants, green power generating facilities, etc.). It
should be noted that under this approach, data from large sources of
indirect emissions due to electricity

[[Page 16480]]

usage (e.g., non-industrial commercial buildings) would be not be collected.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Purchased electricity could be quantified through the use of
purchase receipts or similar records provided by the electricity
provider. The facility could choose to use data from facility
maintained electric meters in addition to or in lieu of data from an
electricity provider (e.g., electricity purchase receipts, etc.),
provided that this data could be demonstrated to accurately reflect
facility electricity purchases. However, purchase receipts or
electricity provider data would be the preferred method of quantifying
a facility's electricity purchases. Because facilities would be
expected to retain these data as part of routine financial records, the
only additional burden of collecting this information would be to
retain the records in a readily available manner.
    In identifying the options outlined above, we reviewed five
reporting programs and guidelines: (1) EPA Climate Leaders Program, (2)
the CARB Mandatory Greenhouse Gas Emissions Program, (3) TRI, (4) the
DOE 1605(b) program, and (5) the GHG Protocol developed jointly by WRI
and WBCSD. In general, these protocols follow the methods presented in
WRI/WBCSD for the quantification and reporting of indirect emissions
from the purchase of electricity.
    See the Electricity Purchases TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-003) for
more information.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    If we were to collect information on electricity purchases, we
would propose that a facility be required to make all attempts to
collect electricity records from their electricity provider. In the
event that there were missing electricity purchase records, the
facility would estimate its electricity purchases for the missing data
period based on historical data (i.e., previous electricity purchase
records). Any historical data used to estimate missing data should
represent similar circumstances to the period over which data are
missing (e.g., seasonal). If a facility were using electric meter data
and had a missing data period, the facility could use a substitute data
value developed by averaging the quality-assured values metered values
for kilowatt-hours of electricity use immediately before and
immediately after the missing data period.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    If we were to collect information on electricity purchases, we
would propose that a facility report total annual purchased electricity
in kilowatt-hours for the entire facility.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    If we were to collect information on electricity purchases, we
would propose that the owner or operator maintain monthly electricity
purchase records for all operations and buildings. If electric meter
data were used, then monthly logs of the electric meter readings would
also be proposed to be maintained.

C. General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Stationary fuel combustion sources are devices that combust solid,
liquid, or gaseous fuel generally for the purposes of producing
electricity, generating steam, or providing useful heat or energy for
industrial, commercial, or institutional use, or reducing the volume of
waste by removing combustible matter. Stationary fuel combustion
sources include, but are not limited to, boilers, combustion turbines,
engines, incinerators, and process heaters. The combustion process may
be used to: (a) Generate steam or produce useful heat or energy for
industrial, commercial, or institutional use; (b) produce electricity;
or (c) reduce the volume of waste by removing combustible matter. As
discussed in Section III of this preamble and proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart A, this section applies to facilities with stationary fuel
combustion sources that (a) have emissions greater than or equal to
25,000 metric tons CO2e/yr; or (b) are referred to this
section by other source categories listed in proposed 40 CFR 98.2(a)(1) or (2).
    Combustion of fossil fuels in the U.S. is the largest source of GHG
emissions in the nation, producing three principal greenhouse gases:
CO2, CH4 and N2O. For the purposes of
this rule, CO2, CH4, and N2O would be
reported by stationary fuel combustion sources. The emission rate of
CO2 is directly proportional to the carbon content of the
fuel, and virtually all of the carbon is oxidized to CO2.
The emission rates of CH4 and N2O are much less
predictable, as these gases are by-products of incomplete or
inefficient combustion, and depend on many factors such as combustion
technology and other considerations. The CO2 emissions
generated by fuel combustion far exceed the CH4 and
N2O emissions (CH4 and N2O contribute
less than 1 percent of combined U.S. GHG emissions from stationary
combustion, on a CO2e basis), however, under this proposed
rule, CO2, CH4, and N2O would all be
reported by stationary fuel combustion sources. EPA is proposing to not
require reporting of emissions from portable equipment or generating
units designated as emergency generators in a permit issued by a state
or local air pollution control agency. We request comment on whether or
not a permit should be required for these emergency generators.
    A wide and diverse segment of the U.S. economy engages in
stationary combustion, principally the combustion of fossil fuels.
According to the ``Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and
Sinks: 1990-2006'', the nationwide GHG emissions from stationary fossil
fuel combustion are approximately 3.75 billion metric tons
CO2e per year. This estimate includes both large and small
stationary sources and represents more than 50 percent of total GHG
emissions in the U.S.
    EPA's proposed rule presents methods for calculating GHG emissions
from stationary combustion, both at unspecified facilities as well as
facilities in source categories listed in proposed 40 CFR 98.2(a)(1)
and (2), which are based on the fuel combusted and the size of the
stationary equipment (e.g., the maximum heat input capacity in mmBtu/
hr). EPA already collects CO2 emissions data from
electricity generating units in the ARP,\62\ which combust the vast
majority of coal consumed in the U.S. annually. So, while detailed
requirements are provided for facilities that combust solid fuels,
these methods are likely to affect only a small percentage of
facilities reporting under proposed 40 CFR part 98 (as separate
methods, in proposed 40 CFR 98.40, would be used by electricity
generating units already reporting under the requirements of ARP). In
presenting methodologies in the following sections, EPA further notes
that the majority of reporters under proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C
would use the methods prescribed for stationary combustion equipment
combusting natural gas.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \62\ It should be noted, as discussed in section V.D, EPA
already collects over 90% of total CO2 emissions from
U.S. coal combustion through the 40 CFR part 75 requirements of ARP.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table C-1 of this preamble illustrates the methods for calculating
CO2 emissions for different types of reporters based on the
fuel being combusted at the facility and the size of the stationary
combustion equipment. The

[[Page 16481]]

calculations for CH4 and N2O that are presented
in subsequent subsections are to be applied to all fuel types and are
not contingent upon the stationary cobustion equipment size.

   Table C-1. Four-Tiered Approach for Calculating CO2 Emissions From
                      Stationary Combustion Sources
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Methodological
     Combustion unit size             Additional          tier required
                                    requirement(s)             \a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Solid Fossil Fuel (e.g., Coal)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
> 250 mmBtu/hour..............  --Unit has operated                    4
                                 more than 1,000 hours
                                 a year \b\.
                                --Unit has existing,
                                 certified gas
                                 monitors or stack gas
                                 volumetric flow rate
                                 monitor (or both);
                                 and
                                --Facility has an
                                 established
                                 monitoring
                                 infrastructure and
                                 meets specific QA/QC
                                 requirements.
                                --Unit does not meet                   3
                                 conditions above.
<= 250 mmBtu/hr...............  --Unit operates more                   4
                                 than 1,000 hours a
                                 year \b\.
                                --Unit has existing,
                                 certified CO2 or O2
                                 concentration monitor
                                 and stack gas
                                 volumetric flow rate
                                 monitor; and
                                --Facility has an
                                 established
                                 monitoring
                                 infrastructure and
                                 meets specific QA/QC
                                 requirements.
                                --Unit does not meet                   2
                                 conditions above.
                                --Monthly measured HHV
                                 is available.
                                --Unit does not meet                   1
                                 conditions above.
                                --Monthly measured HHV
                                 is not available.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Gaseous Fossil Fuel (e.g., Natural Gas)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
> 250 mmBtu/hr................  None..................                 3
<= 250 mmBtu/hr...............  --Monthly measured HHV                 2
                                 is available.
                                --Monthly measured HHV                 1
                                 is not available.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Fossil Liquid Fuel (e.g., Diesel)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
> 250 mmBtu/hr................  None..................                 3
<= 250 mmBtu/hr...............  --Monthly measured HHV                 2
                                 is available.
                                --Monthly measured HHV                 1
                                 is not available.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Biomass or Biomass-Derived Fuels (e.g., wood)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Sizes.....................  --EPA has provided a                   1
                                 default CO2 emission
                                 factor and a default
                                 heating value for the
                                 fuel.
All Sizes.....................  --EPA has provided a                   2
                                 default CO2 emission
                                 factor for specific
                                 fuel to be used with
                                 that fuel's measured
                                 heating value.
All Sizes.....................  --EPA has not provided                 3
                                 a default CO2
                                 emission factor for
                                 specific fuel to be
                                 used with that fuel's
                                 measured heating
                                 value.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   MSW
------------------------------------------------------------------------
> 250 tons MSW/day............  --Unit has operated                    4
                                 more than 1,000 hours
                                 a year \b\.
                                --Unit has existing,
                                 certified gas
                                 monitors or stack gas
                                 volumetric flow rate
                                 monitor (or both);
                                 and
                                --Facility has an
                                 established
                                 monitoring
                                 infrastructure and
                                 meets specific QA/QC
                                 requirements.
                                --Unit does not meet                   2
                                 conditions above.
<= 250 tons MSW/day...........  --Unit operates more                   4
                                 than 1,000 hours a
                                 year \b\.
                                --Unit has existing,
                                 certified CO2
                                 concentration monitor
                                 and stack gas
                                 volumetric flow rate
                                 monitor; and
                                --Facility has an
                                 established
                                 monitoring
                                 infrastructure and
                                 meets specific QA/QC
                                 requirements.
                                --Unit does not meet                  2
                                 conditions above.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Minimum tier level to be used by reporters. Reporters required to
  use Tier 1, 2, or 3 have the option to use a higher tier methodology.
\b\ Hours of operation in any year since 2005.
Note: Facilities with units reporting CO2 data to ARP should refer to
  Section V.D of this preamble (Electricity Generation).

2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    In developing the threshold for facilities with stationary
combustion equipment, EPA considered an emissions-based threshold of
1,000, 10,000, 25,000, and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table
C-2 of this preamble illustrates the emissions covered and the number
of facilities that would be covered under these various thresholds. It
should be noted that Table C-2 of this preamble only includes
facilities with stationary combustion equipment that are not covered in
other subparts of the proposed rule. For this reason, the total
emissions presented in Table C-2 of this preamble appear as a lower
total than presented previously (the general discussion in Section C.1
of this preamble), where emissions from all

[[Page 16482]]

stationary combustion equipment are being discussed.

               Table C-2. Threshold Analysis for Unspecified Industrial Stationary Fuel Combustion
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Total                      Emissions covered      Facilities covered
                                        national                 -----------------------------------------------
                                        emissions   Total number    Million
 Threshold level metric tons CO2e/yr    (million         of         metric
                                       metric tons   facilities   tons CO2e/    Percent     Number      Percent
                                          CO2e)                       yr
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000                                          410       350,000         250          61      32,000         9.1
10,000                                         410       350,000         230          56       8,000         2.3
25,000                                         410       350,000         220          54       3,000         0.9
100,000                                        410       350,000         170          41       1,000         0.3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In calculating emissions for this analysis, and for the proposed
threshold, only CO2 from the combustion of fossil fuels, in
combination with all CH4 and N2O emissions, are
considered. CO2 emissions from biomass are not considered as
part of the determination of the threshold level. This treatment of
biomass fuels is consistent with the IPCC Guidelines and the annual
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks, which account for
the release of these CO2 emissions in accounting for carbon
stock changes from agriculture, forestry, and other land-use.
CH4 and N2O emissions from combustion of biomass
are counted as part of stationary combustion within the IPCC and
national U.S. GHG inventory frameworks.
    The purpose of the general stationary combustion source category is
to capture significant emitters of stationary combustion GHG emissions
that are not covered by the specific source categories described
elsewhere in this preamble. Therefore, EPA is proposing a threshold for
reporting emissions from stationary combustion at 25,000 metric tons
CO2e.\63\ EPA selected the proposed 25,000 metric tons
CO2e threshold as it appears to strike the best balance
between covering a high percentage of nationwide GHG emissions and
keeping the number of affected facilities manageable. As illustrated in
Table C-2 of this preamble, selecting a 25,000 metric tons
CO2e threshold achieves the greatest incremental gain in
coverage with the lowest increase in the number of covered sources.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ As described previously, the threshold only includes
CO2 from the combustion of fossil fuels and
CH4 and N2O emissions from all fuel
combustion. CO2 emissions from biomass are not considered
as part of the determination of the threshold level.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The 100,000 metric tons CO2e threshold was not proposed
because EPA believes it would exclude too many significant emitters of
GHG emissions that are not required to report pursuant to the other
provisions of this rule. EPA believes that most of the population of
facilities over a 100,000 metric tons CO2e threshold is known either
through source category studies or existing EPA reporting programs.
    The 10,000 metric tons CO2e threshold showed a smaller
incremental gain in emissions coverage from a higher threshold than the
25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold, while greatly increasing
the incremental number of reporters (as illustrated in Table C-2 of
this preamble). The 1,000 metric tons CO2e threshold greatly
increases the total number of reporters for this rule and places an
unnecessary administrative burden on EPA, while not greatly increasing
nationwide emissions coverage of stationary combustion sources.
    In addition, although there is considerable uncertainty as to the
number of facilities under a 25,000 metric tons CO2e
threshold, there is evidence to indicate that moving the threshold from
25,000 to 10,000 metric tons CO2e would have a
disproportionate impact on the commercial sector. It should also be
noted that this concern is even more applicable to the 1,000 metric
tons CO2e threshold.
    EPA concluded that a 25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold
would better achieve a comprehensive economy wide coverage of emissions
while focusing reporting efforts on large industrial emitters. In
particular, it would address the considerable uncertainties in the
25,000 to 100,000 metric tons CO2e emissions range, both as
to the number of reporters and the magnitude of emissions. EPA believes
that a 25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold would help in
gathering data from a reasonable number of reporters for which little
information is currently known without imposing undue administrative burden.
    EPA also considered including GHG emissions from the combustion of
biomass fuels in the emission threshold calculations. Therefore, the
proposed rule states that GHG emissions from biomass fuel combustion
are to be excluded when evaluating a facility's status with respect to
the 25,000 metric tons CO2e reporting threshold. This is
similar to the approach taken by the IPCC and various other GHG
emission inventories.
    Finally, EPA considered a heat input capacity-based threshold (such
as all facilities with stationary combustion equipment rated over 100
mmBtu/hr maximum heat input capacity). A complete, reliable set of heat
input capacity data was unavailable for all facilities that might be
subject to this rule, thus this type of threshold could not be
thoroughly evaluated.
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis and for background
information on this threshold determination, please refer to the
Thresholds TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-046). For specific information on
costs, including unamortized first year capital expenditures, please
refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    EPA's proposed methods for calculating GHG emissions from
stationary fuel combustion sources is consistent with existing domestic
and international protocols, as well as monitoring programs currently
implemented by EPA. Those protocols and programs generally utilize
either a direct measurement approach based on concentrations of
combustion exhaust gases through a stack, or a direct measurement
approach based on the quantity of fuel combusted and the
characteristics of the fuel (e.g., heat content, carbon content, etc.).
As the magnitude of CO2 emissions released by stationary
combustion sources relative to CH4 and N2O is
greater (even on a CO2e basis), more guidance is provided on
the application of specific monitoring and calculation methods for
CO2. EPA is proposing simpler calculation methods for
CH4 and N2O.

[[Page 16483]]

    For facilities which have EGUs subject to the ARP reporting
requirements under 40 CFR part 75, refer to Section V.D of this
preamble regarding those units. For other units located at that
facility (i.e., units that are not reporting to the ARP), the facility
would use the calculation methods presented below.
    The discussions which follow in this subsection will focus on
methods for: (a) The calculation of CO2 emissions from fuel
combustion; (b) the calculation for the separate reporting of biogenic
CO2 emissions; (c) reporting biogenic CO2
emissions from MSW; (d) the calculation of CH4 and N2O
emissions; and (e) the calculation of additional CO2 emissions
from the sorbent in combustion control technology systems.
a. CO2 Emissions From Fuel Combustion
    To monitor and calculate CO2 emissions from stationary
combustion sources, EPA is proposing a four-tiered approach, which
would be applied either at the unit or facility level. The most
stringent emissions calculation methods would apply to large stationary
combustion units that are fired with solid fuels and that have existing
CEMS equipment. This is due to the complexity of monitoring solid fuel
consumption and the heterogeneous nature of solid fuels. Furthermore,
because of the significant mass of CO2 emissions that are
released by these large units, combining stringent methods and existing
monitoring equipment is justified.
    The next level of methodological stringency applies to large
stationary combustion units that are fired with liquid or gaseous
fuels. The stringency of the methods reflects the homogenous nature of
these fuels and the ability to monitor fuel consumption more precisely.
However, in cases where there is greater heterogeneity in the fuels
(e.g., refinery fuel gas) more frequent analyses of liquid and gaseous
fuels is required.
    For smaller combustion units, EPA is proposing to allow the use of
more simplified emissions calculation methods that rely on
relationships between the heat content of the fuel (a generally known
parameter) and the CO2 emission factor associated with the
fuel's characteristics.
    The following subsections present EPA's proposed four-tiered
approach in order from the most rigorous to the least stringent, and
describe how it must be used by affected facilities. The applicability
of the four measurement tiers, based on unit size and fuel type, is
summarized in Table C-1 of this preamble. These CO2 emission
calculation methods would, in some cases, be applied at the unit level,
and in other cases at the facility level (for further discussion, see
``Selection of Data Reporting Requirements'' below). Affected
facilities would have the flexibility to use higher-tier methods (i.e.,
more stringent methods) than the ones required by this rule.
    Tier 4. The Tier 4 methodology would require the use of certified
CEMS to quantify CO2 mass emissions, where existing CEMS
equipment is installed. The existing installed CEMS must include a gas
monitor of any kind or a flow monitor (or both). Generally, a
CO2 monitor and a stack gas volumetric flow rate monitor
would be required to calculate CO2 emissions, although in
some cases, in lieu of a CO2 concentration monitor, data
from a certified oxygen (O2) concentration monitor and fuel-
specific F-factors could be used to calculate hourly CO2
concentrations. An appropriate upgrade of the existing CEMS would be
required: (1) If the gas monitor is neither a CO2
concentration monitor nor an O2 concentration monitor and
(2) if a flow monitor is not already installed.
    Any CEMS that would be used to quantify CO2 emissions
would also have to be certified and undergo on-going quality-assurance
testing according to the procedures specified in either: (1) 40 CFR
part 75; or (2) 40 CFR part 60, Appendix B; or (3) a State monitoring program.
    The Tier 4 method, and the use of CEMS (with any required monitor
upgrades), is required for solid fossil fuel-fired units with a maximum
heat input capacity greater than 250 mmBtu/hr (and for units with a
capacity to combust greater than 250 tons per day of MSW). The use of
an O2 monitor to determine CO2 concentrations
would not be allowed for units combusting MSW. EPA is unaware of
carbon-based F-factors for MSW that would be appropriate for converting
O2 readings to CO2 concentrations for this rule.
Therefore, units combusting MSW would need to use a CO2
monitor to calculate CO2 emissions.
    For smaller solid fossil fuel-fired units (i.e., less than or equal
to 250 mmBtu/hr or 250 tons per day of MSW), EPA would require the use
of Tier 4 if all the monitors needed to calculate CO2 mass
emissions (i.e., CO2 gas monitor and flow monitor) are
already installed, and certified and quality assured as described above.
    In addition, in order to be subject to the Tier 4 requirements, the
unit must have been operated for 1,000 hours or more in any calendar
year since 2005.
    The incremental cost of adding a diluent gas (CO2 or
O2) monitor or a flow monitor, or both, to meet Tier 4
monitoring requirements would likely not be unduly burdensome for a
large unit that combusts solid fossil fuels or MSW, operates
frequently, and is already required to install, certify, maintain, and
operate CEMS and to perform on-going QA testing of the existing
monitors. The cost of compliance with the proposed rule would be even
less for units that already have all of the necessary monitors in
place. Cost estimates are provided in the RIA (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-
002). In addition, EPA is allowing provisions to monitor common stack
configurations. Please refer to Section V.C.5 of this preamble, on data
reporting requirements, for further information on reporting where
there are common stack configurations.
    Reporters would follow the reporting requirements stated in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A. However, EPA is allowing a January
1, 2011 compliance date to install CEMS to meet the Tier 4
requirements, if either a diluent gas monitor, flow monitor, or both,
must be added. The January 1, 2011 deadline would allow sufficient time
to purchase, install, and certify any additional monitor(s) needed to
quantify CO2 mass emissions. Until that time, affected units
subject to that deadline would be allowed to use the Tier 3 methodology in 2010.
    Tier 3. The Tier 3 calculation methodology would require periodic
determination of the carbon content of the fuel, using consensus
standards listed in the proposed 40 CFR part 98 (e.g., ASTM methods)
and direct measurement of the amount of fuel combusted. This
methodology is required for liquid and gaseous fossil fuel-fired units
with a maximum heat input capacity greater than 250 mmBtu/hr, and is
required for solid fossil fuel-fired units that are not subject to the
Tier 4 provisions. In addition, EPA is proposing that a facility may
use the Tier 3 calculation methodology to calculate facility-wide
CO2 emissions (rather than unit-by-unit emissions) when the
same liquid or gaseous fuel is used across the facility and a common
direct measurement of fuel consumed is available (e.g., a natural gas
meter at the facility gate). This flexibility is consistent with
existing protocols and methodologies allowed by EPA in existing
programs. Please refer to the subsequent subsection on data reporting
requirements for further information on the use of fuel data from
common supply lines.

[[Page 16484]]

    The required frequency for carbon content determinations for the
Tier 3 calculation methodology would be monthly for natural gas, liquid
fuels, and solid fuels (monthly molecular weight determinations are
also required for gaseous fuels). Daily determinations for other
gaseous fuels (e.g., refinery gas, process gas, etc.) would be
required. The daily fuel sampling requirement for units that combust
``other'' gaseous fuels would likely not be overly burdensome, because
the types of facilities that burn these fuels are likely to have
equipment in place (e.g., on-line gas chromatographs) to continuously
monitor the fuels' characteristics in order to optimize process
operation. Solid fuel samples would be taken weekly and composited, but
would only be analyzed once a month. Also, fuel sampling and analysis
would be required only for those days or months when fuel is combusted
in the unit.
    For liquid and gaseous fuels, Tier 3 would require direct
measurement of the amount of fuel combusted, using calibrated fuel flow
meters. Alternatively, for fuel oil, tank drop measurements could be
used. Solid fuel consumption would be quantified using company records.
For quality-assurance purposes, EPA proposes that all oil and gas flow
meters would have to be calibrated prior to the first reporting year.
EPA recommends the use of the fuel flow meter calibration methods in 40
CFR part 75, but, alternatively, the manufacturer's recommended
procedure could be used. Tank drop measurements and carbon content
determinations would be made using the appropriate methods incorporated
by reference.
    Tier 2. The Tier 2 calculation methodology would require that the
HHVs of each fuel combusted would be measured monthly. EPA is proposing
that the Tier 2 method be used by units with heat input capacities of
250 mmBtu/hr or less, combusting fuels for which EPA has provided
default CO2 emission factors in the proposed rule. Fuel
consumption would be based on company records. Please refer to the
subsequent subsection on data reporting requirements for further
information on the aggregation of units.
    Tier 1. Under Tier 1, the annual CO2 mass emissions
would be calculated using the quantity of each type of fuel combusted
during the year, in conjunction with fuel-specific default
CO2 emission factors and default HHVs. The amount of fuel
combusted would be determined from company records. The default
CO2 emission factors and HHVs are national-level default
factors. The Tier 1 method may be used by any small unit if EPA has
provided the fuel-specific HHV and emission factors in proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart C. However, if the owner or operator routinely
performs fuel sampling and analysis on a monthly (or more frequent)
basis to determine the HHV and other properties of the fuel, or if
monthly HHV data are provided by the fuel supplier, Tier 1 could not be
used but instead Tier 2 (or a higher tier) would have to be used.
    EPA considered several alternative CO2 emission
calculation methods of varying stringency for stationary combustion
units. The most stringent method would have required all combustion
units at the affected facilities to use 40 CFR part 75 monitoring
methodologies. However, this option was not pursued because it would
have likely imposed an undue cost burden, particularly on smaller
entities. For homogenous fuels, this additional cost burden would
probably not lead to significant increases in accuracy compared with
Tiers 1-3.
    For coal combustion, EPA evaluated a number of calculation methods
used in other mandatory and voluntary GHG emissions reporting programs.
In general, these methods require relatively infrequent fuel sampling,
do not take into account the heat input capacity of stationary
combustion equipment, and use company records to estimate fuel
consumption. Given the heterogeneous characteristics of coal, EPA
determined that the procedures used in these other programs are not
rigorous enough for this proposed rule and would introduce significant
uncertainty into the CO2 emissions estimates, especially for
larger combustion units.
    EPA considered allowing the use of default emission factors,
default HHVs, and company records to quantify annual fuel consumption
for all stationary combustion units, regardless of size or the type of
fuel combusted. The Agency decided to limit the use of this type of
calculation methodology to smaller combustion units. The proposed rule
reflects this, by allowing use of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 calculation
methodologies at units with a maximum heat input capacity of 250 mmBtu/
hr or less.
    For gaseous fuel combustion, EPA considered calculation
methodologies based on an assumption that all gaseous fuels are
homogeneous. However, the Agency decided against this approach because
the characteristics of certain gaseous fuels can be quite variable, and
mixtures of gaseous fuels are often heterogeneous in composition.
Therefore, the proposed rule requires daily sampling for all gaseous
fuels except for natural gas.
    Finally, EPA considered allowing affected facilities to rely
exclusively on the results of fuel sampling and analysis provided by
fuel suppliers, rather than performing periodic on-site sampling for
all variables. The Agency decided not to propose this because in most
instances, only the fuel heating value, not the carbon content, is
routinely provided by fuel suppliers. Therefore, EPA proposes to allow
fuel suppliers to provide fuel HHVs for the Tier 2 calculation method.
However, EPA is requesting comment on integrating the fuel supplier
requirements of this proposed rule with both the Tier 1 and Tier 2
calculation methodologies.
b. CO2 Emissions From Biomass Fuel Combustion
    Today's proposed rule requires affected facilities with units that
combust biomass fuels to report the annual biogenic CO2 mass
emissions separately. As previously described, this is consistent with
the approach taken in the IPCC and national U.S. GHG inventory
frameworks. EPA is proposing distinct methods to determine the biogenic
CO2 emissions from a stationary combustion source combusting
a biomass or biomass-derived fuel depending upon which tier is used for
reporting other fuel combustion CO2 emissions.
    Where Tier 4 is not required, EPA is allowing the Tier 1 method to
be used to calculate biogenic CO2 emissions for fuels in
which EPA has provided default CO2 emission factors and a
default HHV in the proposed rule. If default values are not provided by
EPA, the facility would use the Tier 2 or Tier 3 method, as
appropriate, to calculate the biogenic CO2 emissions.
    For units required to use Tier 4, total CO2 emissions
are directly measured using CEMS. Except when MSW is combusted, EPA
proposes that facilities perform a supplemental calculation to
determine the biogenic CO2 and non-biogenic CO2
portions of the measured CO2 emissions. The facility would
use company records on annual fossil fuel combusted to calculate the
annual volume of CO2 emitted from that fossil fuel
combustion. This value would then be subtracted from the total volume
of CO2 emissions measured to obtain the volume of biogenic
CO2 emissions. The volume ratio of biogenic CO2
emissions to total CO2 emissions would then be applied to
the measured total CO2 emissions to determine the biogenic
CO2 emissions.
c. CO2 Emissions From MSW
    EPA is proposing a separate calculation method for a unit that

[[Page 16485]]

combusts MSW, which can include biomass components. For units subject
to Tier 4, as described above, an additional analysis would be required
to separately report any biogenic CO2 emissions. The
reporter would be required to use ASTM methods listed in the rule to
sample and analyze the CO2 in the flue gas once each
quarter, in order to determine the relative percentages of fossil fuel-
based carbon (e.g., petroleum-based plastics) and biomass carbon (e.g.,
newsprint) in the effluent when MSW is combusted in the unit. The
measured ratio of biogenic to fossil CO2 concentrations is
then applied to the measured or calculated total CO2
emissions to determine biogenic CO2 emissions.
    The GHG emission calculation methods for units combusting MSW would
be used in conjunction with EPA's proposed calculation method for the
annual unit heat input, based on steam production and the design
characteristics of the combustion unit.
    For units that combust MSW, EPA considered allowing a manual
sorting approach to be used to determine the biomass and non-biomass
fractions of the fuel, based on defined and traceable input streams.
However, this approach is not considered practical, given the highly
variable composition of MSW. To eliminate this uncertainty, EPA
believes that more rigorous and standardized ASTM methods should be
used to determine the biogenic percentage of the CO2
emissions when MSW is combusted.
d. CH4 and N2O Emissions From All Fuel Combustion
    As described previously, EPA is allowing simplified emissions
calculation methods for CH4 and N2O. The annual
CH4 and N2O emissions would be estimated using
EPA-provided default emission factors and annual heat input values. The
calculation would either be done at the unit level or the facility
level, depending upon the tier required for estimating CO2
emissions (and using the same heat input value reported from the
CO2 calculation method).
    A CEMS methodology was not selected for measuring N2O
primarily because the cost impacts of requiring the installation of
CEMS is high in comparison to the relatively low amount of
N2O emissions (even on a CO2e basis) that would
be emitted from stationary combustion equipment.
    EPA considered requiring periodic stack testing to derive site-
specific emission factors for CH4 and N2O. This
approach has the advantage of ensuring a higher level of accuracy and
consistency among reporters. However, it was decided that this option
was too costly for the small improvement in data quality that it might
achieve. The CH4 and N2O emissions from
stationary combustion are relatively low compared to the CO2
emissions. The proposed approach, i.e., using fuel-specific default
emission factors to calculate CH4 and N2O
emissions, is in accordance with methods used in other programs and
provides data of sufficient accuracy. However, given the unit-level
approach for calculating CO2 emissions, EPA is requesting
comments on the use of more technology-specific CH4 and
N2O emission factors that could be applied in unit-level calculations.
e. CO2 Emissions From Sorbent
    For fluidized bed boilers and for units equipped with flue gas
desulfurization systems or other acid gas emission controls with
sorbent injection, CO2 emissions would be accounted for and
reported using simplified methods. These methods are based on the
quantity of limestone or other sorbent material used during the year,
if not accounted for using the Tier 4 calculation methodology.
    In summary, EPA is proposing to allow facilities flexibility in
measuring and monitoring stationary fuel combustion sources by: (1)
Allowing most smaller combustion units (depending upon facility-level
considerations described above) to use the Tier 1 and Tier 2
calculation methods; (2) allowing Tier 3 to be widely used, with few
restrictions; (3) limiting the requirement to use Tier 4 to certain
solid fuel-fired combustion units located at facilities where there is
an established monitoring infrastructure; and (4) allowing simplified
methodologies to calculate CH4 and N2O emissions.
In addition, EPA is using a maximum heat input capacity determination
of 250 mmBtu/hr to distinguish between large and small units. This
approach is common to many existing EPA programs.
    EPA believes that the proposed default CO2 emission
factors and high heat values used in Tiers 1 and 2 and the ASTM methods
incorporated by reference for the carbon content determinations
required by Tier 3 are well-established and minimize uncertainty.
    In proposing this tiered approach, EPA acknowledges that, in the
case of solid fuels, a simple, standardized way of measuring the amount
of solid fuel combusted in a unit is not proposed. In view of this, the
proposed rule would require the owner or operator to keep detailed
records explaining how company records are used to quantify solid fuel
usage. These records would describe the procedures used to calibrate
weighing equipment and other measurement devices, and would include
scientifically-based estimates of the accuracy of these devices. EPA
therefore solicits comment on ways to ensure that the feed rate of
solid fuel to a combustion device is accurately measured.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    The proposed rule requires the use of substitute data whenever a
quality-assured value of a parameter that is used to calculate GHG
emissions is unavailable, commonly referred to as ``missing data.'' For
units using the CO2 calculation methodologies in Tiers 2 and
3, when HHV, fuel carbon content, or fuel molecular weight data are
missing, the substitute data value would be the average of the quality-
assured values of the parameter immediately before and immediately
after the missing data period. When Tier 3 or Tier 4 is used and fuel
flow rate or stack gas flow rate data is missing, the substitute data
values would be the best available estimates of these parameters, based
on process and operating data (e.g., production rate, load, unit
operating time, etc.). This same substitute data approach would be used
when fuel usage data and sorbent usage data are missing. The proposed
rule provides that the reporter would be required to document and keep
record of the procedures used to determine the appropriate substitute
data values.
    EPA considered more conservative missing data procedures for the
proposed rule, such as requiring higher substitute data values for
longer missing data periods, but decided against proposing these
procedures out of concern that GHG emissions might be significantly
overestimated.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    In addition to the facility-level information that would be
reported under proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A, the proposed rule
would require the reporter to submit certain unit-level data for the
stationary combustion units at each affected facility. This additional
information would require reporting of the unit type, its maximum rated
heat input, the type of fuel combusted in the unit during the report
year, the methodology used to calculate CO2 emissions for each type
of fuel combusted, and the total annual GHG emissions from the unit.

[[Page 16486]]

    To reduce the reporting burden, the proposed rule would allow
reporting of the combined GHG emissions from multiple units at the
facility instead of requiring emissions reporting for each individual
unit, in certain instances. Three types of emissions aggregation would
be allowed. First, the combined GHG emissions from a group (or groups)
of small units at a facility could be reported, provided that the
combined maximum rated heat input of the units in the group does not
exceed 250 mmBtu/hr. Second, the combined GHG emissions from units in a
common stack configuration could be reported, if CEMS are used to
continuously monitor the CO2 emissions at the common stack.
Third, if a facility combusts the same type of homogeneous oil or
gaseous fuel through a common supply line, and the total amount of fuel
consumed through that supply line is accurately measured using a
calibrated fuel flow meter, the combined GHG emissions from the
facility could be reported.
    Different levels of verification data are required depending upon
which tier is used for reporting. For Tier 1, only the total quantity
of each type of fuel combusted during the report year would be
reported. For Tier 2, the quantity of each type of fuel combusted
during each measurement period would be reported, along with all high
heat values used in the emissions calculations, the methods used to
determine the HHVs, and information indicating which HHVs (if any) are
substitute data values.
    For Tier 3, the quantity of each type of fuel combusted during each
measurement period (day or month) would be reported, along with all
carbon content values and, if applicable, molecular weight measurements
used in the emissions calculations, with information indicating which
ones (if any) are substitute data values. In addition, the results of
all fuel flow meter calibrations would be reported along with
information indicating which analytical methods were used for the
carbon content determinations, flow meter calibrations and (if
applicable) oil tank drop measurements.
    For Tier 4, the number of unit operating days and hours would be
reported, along with daily CO2 mass emission totals, the
number of hours of substitute data used in the annual emissions
calculations, the results of the initial CEMS certification tests and
the major ongoing QA tests.
    If MSW is combusted in the unit, the owner or operator would be
required to report the results of the quarterly sample analyses used to
determine the biogenic percentage of CO2 emissions in the
effluent. If combinations of fossil and biomass fuels are combusted and
CEMS are used to measure CO2 emissions, the annual volumes
of biogenic and fossil CO2 would be reported, along with the
F-factors and fuel gross calorific values used in the calculations, and
the biogenic percentage of the annual CO2 emissions.
    Finally, for units that use acid gas scrubbing with sorbent
injection but are not equipped with CEMS, the owner or operator would
be required to report information on the type and amount of sorbent used.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    In addition to meeting the general recordkeeping requirements in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart A, whenever company records are used
to estimate fuel consumption (e.g., when the Tier 1 or 2 emissions
calculation methodology is used) and sorbent consumption, EPA proposes
to require the owner or operator to keep on file a detailed explanation
of how fuel usage is quantified, including a description of the QA
procedures that are used to ensure measurement accuracy (e.g.,
calibration of weighing devices and other instrumentation).
    As discussed in Section IV of this preamble and proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart A, there are a number of facilities that are not part
of a source category listed in 40 CFR 98.2(1)(a) or (2) but have
stationary combustion equipment emitting GHG emissions. In 2010, those
facilities would have to determine whether or not they are subject to
the requirements of this rule (i.e., if their emissions are 25,000
metric tons CO2e/yr or higher). In order to reduce the
burden on those facilities, we are proposing that facilities with an
aggregate maximum heat input capacity of less than 30 mmBtu/hr from
stationary combustion units are automatically exempt from the proposed
40 CFR part 98. Based on our assessment of the maximum amount of GHG
emissions likely from units of that size that burn fossil fuels (e.g,
coal, oil or gas) and operate continuously through the year, such a
facility would still be below the 25,000 metric tons CO2e
threshold. The purpose for having this provision is to exempt small
facilities from having to estimate emissions to determine if they are
subject to the rule, and re-estimate whenever there are process changes.

D. Electricity Generation

1. Definition of the Source Category
    This section of the preamble addresses GHG emissions reporting for
facilities with EGUs that are in the ARP, and are subject to the
CO2 emissions reporting requirements of Section 821 of the
CAA Amendments of 1990. All other facilities using stationary fuel
combustion equipment to generate electricity should refer to Section
V.C of this preamble (General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources) to
understand EPA's proposed approach for GHG emissions reporting.
    Electricity generating units in the ARP reported CO2
emissions of 2,262 million metric tons CO2e in 2006. This
represents almost one third of total U.S. GHG emissions and over 90
percent of CO2 emissions from electricity generation. EPA
has been receiving these CO2 data since 1995.\64\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \64\ This data can be accessed at: http://epa.gov/camdataandmaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    If a facility includes within its boundaries at least one EGU that
is subject to the ARP, the facility would be subject to the mandatory
GHG emissions reporting of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart D.
Facilities with EGUs in the ARP would not be expected to report any new
CO2 data. Therefore, EPA expects that the GHG emissions
reporting requirements of this rule would not be overly burdensome for
facilities already reporting to the ARP.
    For specific information on costs, including unamortized first year
capital expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA
cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    For ARP units, the CO2 mass emissions data already
reported to EPA under 40 CFR part 75 would be used in the annual GHG
emissions reports required under this proposed rule. The annual
CO2 mass emissions (i.e., English short tons) reported for
an ARP unit would simply be converted to metric tons and then included
in the GHG emissions report for the facility.
    As CH4 and N2O emissions are not required to
be reported under 40 CFR part 75, the facility would consult the
proposed methods in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C (General
Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources) for calculating CH4 and
N2O from the ARP units.
    The additional units at an affected facility that are not in the
ARP would use the GHG calculation methods specified and required in proposed
40 CFR part 98, subpart C (General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources).

[[Page 16487]]

4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    The proposed missing data substitution procedures for
CH4 and N2O emissions from ARP units and all GHG
emissions from units at the facility not in ARP are discussed in
Section V.C.4 of this preamble, under General Stationary Fuel
Combustion Sources.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    The proposed data reporting requirements are discussed in Section
V.C.5 of this preamble, under General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    The records that must be retained regarding CH4 and
N2O emissions from ARP units and all GHG emissions from
units at the facility not in the ARP are discussed in Section V.C.6 of
this preamble, under General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources.

E. Adipic Acid Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Adipic acid is a white crystalline solid used in the manufacture of
synthetic fibers, plastics, coatings, urethane foams, elastomers, and
synthetic lubricants. Commercially, it is the most important of the
aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, which are used to manufacture polyesters.
Adipic acid is also used in food applications.
    Adipic acid is produced through a two-stage process. The first
stage usually involves the oxidation of cyclohexane to form a
cyclohexanone/cyclohexanol mixture. The second stage involves oxidizing
this mixture with nitric acid to produce adipic acid.
    National emissions from adipic acid production were estimated to be
9.3 million metric tons CO2e (less than 0.1 percent of U.S.
GHG emissions) in 2006. These emissions include both process-related
emissions (N2O) and on-site stationary combustion emissions
(CO2, CH4, and N2O). The main GHG
emitted from adipic acid production is N2O, which is
generated as a by-product of the nitric acid oxidation stage of the
manufacturing process, and it is emitted in the waste gas stream.
Process N2O emissions alone were estimated at 5.9 million
metric tons CO2e, or 64 percent of the total GHG emissions
in 2006, while on-site stationary combustion emissions account for the
remaining 3.4 million metric tons CO2e, or 36 percent of the total.
    Process emissions from the production of adipic acid vary with the
types of technologies and level of emission controls employed by a
facility. DE for N2O emissions can vary from 90 to 98
percent using abatement technologies such as nonselective catalytic
reduction. In 1998, the three major adipic acid production facilities
in the U.S. had control systems in place. Only one small facility,
representing approximately two percent of adipic acid production, does
not control for N2O.
    As part of this proposed rule, stationary combustion emissions
would be estimated and reported according to the applicable procedures
in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C. For additional background
information on adipic acid production, please refer to the Adipic Acid
Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-005).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    In developing the threshold for adipic acid production, we
considered emissions-based thresholds of 1,000 metric tons
CO2e, 10,000 metric tons CO2e, 25,000 metric tons
CO2e and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table E-1 of
this preamble illustrates that the various thresholds do not affect the
amount of emissions or number of facilities that would be covered.

                            Table E-1. Threshold Analysis for Adipic Acid Production
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Emissions covered          Facilities covered
 Threshold level metric tons      Total     Total number -------------------------------------------------------
           CO2e/yr              national         of        Metric tons
                                emissions    facilities      CO2e/yr       Percent       Number        Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000.......................     9,300,000             4     9,300,000           100             4           100
10,000......................     9,300,000             4     9,300,000           100             4           100
25,000......................     9,300,000             4     9,300,000           100             4           100
100,000.....................     9,300,000             4     9,300,000           100             4           100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Facility-level emissions estimates based on known facility
capacities for the four known adipic acid facilities suggests that each
of the facilities would be at least five times over the 100,000 metric
tons CO2e threshold based on just process-related emissions.
Because all adipic acid production facilities would have to report
under any of the emission thresholds that were examined, we propose
that all adipic acid production facilities be required to report. This
would simplify rule applicability and avoid any burden for the source
to perform unnecessary calculations.
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis, please refer to
the Adipic Acid Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-005). For specific
information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Many domestic and international GHG monitoring guidelines and
protocols include methodologies for estimating adipic acid production
process emissions (e.g., 2006 IPCC Guidelines, U.S. Inventory, DOE
1605(b), and TRI). These methodologies coalesce around the four options
discussed below.
    Option 1. Default emission factors would be applied to total
facility production of adipic acid. The emissions would be calculated
using the total production of adipic acid and the highest international
default emission factor available in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. This
option assumes no abatement of N2O emissions. This approach
is consistent with IPCC Tier 1 and the DOE 1605(b) ``C'' rated
estimation method.
    Option 2. Default emission factors would be applied on a site-
specific basis using the specific type of abatement technology used and
the adipic acid production activity. The amount of N2O
emissions would be determined by multiplying the technology-specific
emission factor by the production level of adipic acid. This approach
is consistent with 1605(b) ``B'' rated estimation method, IPCC Tier 2,
and TCR's ``B'' rated estimation method.
    Option 3. Periodic direct emission measurement of N2O
emissions would be used to determine the relationship between adipic
acid production and the amount of N2O emissions; i.e., to
develop a facility-specific emissions

[[Page 16488]]

factor. The facility-specific emissions factor and production rate
(activity level) would be used to calculate the emissions. The
facility-specific emission factor would be developed from a single
annual test. Production rate is most likely already measured at
facilities. Existing procedures would be followed to measure the
production rate during the performance test and on a quarterly basis
thereafter. After the initial test, annual testing of N2O
emissions would be required each year to estimate the emission factor
and applied to production to estimate emissions. The yearly testing
would assist in verifying the emission factor. Testing would also be
required whenever the production rate is changed by more than 10
percent from the production rate measured during the most recent
performance test. Option 3 and the following Option 4 are approaches
consistent with IPCC Tier 3, DOE 1605(b) ``A'' and TCR's ``A2'' rated
estimation methods.
    Option 4. CEMS would be used to directly measure the N2O
process emissions. CEMS would be used to directly measure
N2O concentration and flow rate to directly determine
N2O emissions. Measuring N2O emissions directly
with CEMS is feasible, but adipic acid production facilities are
currently only using NOX CEMS to comply with State programs
(e.g. Texas). Half of the adipic acid production facilities are located
in Texas where NOX CEMS are required in O3
nonattainment areas under Control of Air Pollution from Nitrogen
Compounds (TX Chap 117 (Reg 7)).
    Proposed option: We propose Option 3 to quantify process emissions
from all adipic acid facilities. In addition, you would be required to
follow the requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to
estimate emissions of CO2, CH4 and N2O
from stationary combustion.
    We identified Options 3 and 4 as the approaches providing the
lowest uncertainty and the best site-specific estimates based on
differences in process operation and abatement technologies. Option 3
requires annual monitoring of N2O emissions and the
establishment of a facility-specific emissions factor that relates
N2O emissions with adipic acid production rate.
    Option 4 was not chosen as the required method because, while
N2O CEMS are available, there is no existing EPA method for
certifying N2O CEMS, and the cost impact of requiring the
installation of CEMS is high in comparison to the relatively low amount
of emissions that would be quantified from the adipic acid production
sector. NOX CEMS only capture emissions of NO and
NO2 and not N2O. Although the amount of
NOX and N2O emissions from adipic acid production
may be directly related, direct measurement of NOX does not
automatically correlate to the amount of N2O in the same
exhaust stream. Periodic testing of N2O emissions (Option 3)
would not indicate changes in emissions over short periods of time, but
it does offer direct measurement of GHGs.
    We request comment on the advantages and disadvantages of using
Options 3 and 4. After consideration of public comments, we may
promulgate one or more of these options or a combination based on the
additional information that is provided.
    We decided against Options 1 and 2 because facility-specific
emission factors are more appropriate for reflecting differences in
process design and operation. According to IPCC, the default emission
factors for adipic acid are relatively certain because they are derived
from the stoichiometry of the chemical reaction employed to oxidize
nitric acid. However, there is still uncertainty in the amount of
N2O that is generated. This variability is a result of
differences in the composition of cyclohexanone and cyclohexanol
feedstock. Variability also arises if adipic acid is produced from use
of other feedstocks, such as phenol or hydrogen peroxide. Facility-
specific emission factors would be based on actual feedstock
composition rather than an assumed composition.
    The various approaches to monitoring GHG emissions are elaborated
in the Adipic Acid Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-005).
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    For process sources that use Option 3 (facility-specific emission
factor), no missing data procedures would apply because the facility-
specific emission factor is derived from an annual performance test and
used in each calculation. The emission factor would be multiplied by
the production rate, which is readily available. If the test data are
missing or lost, the test would have to be repeated. Therefore, 100
percent data availability would be required.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    We propose that facilities submit their total annual N2O
emissions from adipic acid production, as well as any stationary fuel
combustion emissions. In addition we propose that facilities submit the
following data, which are the basis of the calculations and are needed
to understand the emissions data and verify the reasonableness of the
reported emissions. The data submitted on an annual basis should
include annual adipic acid production capacity, total adipic acid
production, facility-specific emission rate factor used, abatement
technology used, abatement technology efficiency, abatement utilization
factor, and number of facility operating hours in calendar year.
    Capacity, actual production, and operating hours support
verification of the emissions data provided by the facility. The
production rate can be determined through sales records or by direct
measurement using flow meters or weigh scales. This industry generally
measures the production rate as part of normal operating procedures.
    A list of abatement technologies would be helpful in assessing the
widespread use of abatement in the adipic acid source category,
cataloging any new technologies that are being used, and documenting
the amount of time that the abatement technologies are being used.
    A full list of data to be reported is included in the proposed 40
CFR part 98, subparts A and E.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    We propose that facilities maintain records of annual testing of
N2O emissions, calculation of the facility-specific emission
rate factor, hours of operation, annual adipic acid production, adipic
acid production capacity, and N2O emissions. These records
hold values directly used to calculate the emissions that are reported
and are necessary to allow determination of whether the GHG emissions
monitoring calculations were done correctly. A full list of records
that must be retained on site is included in the proposed 40 CFR part
98, subparts A and E.

F. Aluminum Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    This source category includes primary aluminum production
facilities. Secondary aluminum production facilities would not be
required to report emissions under Subpart F. Aluminum is a light-
weight, malleable, and corrosion-resistant metal that is used in
manufactured products in many sectors including transportation,
packaging, building and construction. As of 2005, the U.S. was the
fourth largest producer of primary aluminum, with approximately eight
percent of the world total (Aluminum Production TSD

[[Page 16489]]

(EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-006)). The production of primary aluminum--in
addition to consuming large quantities of electricity--results in
process-related emissions of CO2 and two PFCs:
perfluoromethane (CF4) and perfluoroethane
(C2F6). Only these process-related emissions are
discussed here. Stationary fuel combustion source emissions must be
monitored and reported according to proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C
(General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources), which is discussed in
Section V.C of this preamble.
    CO2 is emitted during the primary aluminum smelting
process when alumina (aluminum oxide, Al2O3) is
reduced to aluminum using the Hall-Héroult reduction process.
The reduction of the alumina occurs through electrolysis in a molten
bath of natural or synthetic cryolite (Na3AlF6).
The reduction cells contain a carbon lining that serves as the cathode.
Carbon is also contained in the anode, which can be a carbon mass of
paste, coke briquettes, or prebaked carbon blocks from petroleum coke.
During reduction, most of the carbon in the anode is oxidized and
released to the atmosphere as CO2. In addition, a smaller
amount of CO2 is released during the baking of anodes for
use in smelters using prebake technologies.
    In addition to CO2 emissions, the primary aluminum
production industry is also a source of PFC emissions. During the
smelting process, if the alumina ore content of the electrolytic bath
falls below critical levels required for electrolysis, rapid voltage
increases occur, which are termed ``anode effects.'' These anode
effects cause carbon from the anode and fluorine from the dissociated
molten cryolite bath to combine, thereby producing emissions of
CF4 and C2F6. For any particular
individual smelter, the magnitude of emissions for a given level of
production depends on the frequency and duration of these anode
effects. As the frequency and duration of the anode effects increase,
emissions increase. In addition, even at constant levels of production
and anode effect minutes, emissions vary among smelter technologies
(e.g., Center-Work Prebake vs. Side-Work Prebake) and among individual
smelters using the same smelter technology due to differing operational
practices.
    Total U.S. Emissions. According to the U.S. GHG Inventory total
process-related GHG emissions from primary aluminum production in the
U.S. are estimated to be 6.4 million metric tons CO2e in
2006. Process emissions of CO2 from the 14 aluminum smelters
in the U.S. were estimated to be 3.9 million metric tons
CO2e in 2006. Process emissions of CF4 and
C2F6 from aluminum smelters were estimated to be
2.5 million metric tons CO2e in 2006. In 2006, 13 of the 14
primary aluminum smelters in the U.S. accounted for the vast majority
of primary aluminum emissions. The remaining smelter was idle through
most of 2006, restarting at the end of the year.
    Emissions to be reported. We propose to require reporting of the
following types of emissions from primary aluminum production: Process
emissions of PFCs, process emissions of CO2 from consumption
of the anode during electrolysis (for both Prebake and S[oslash]derberg
cells), and process emissions of CO2 from the anode baking
process (for Prebake cells only).
    Another potential source of process CO2 emissions is
coke calcining. We request comment on whether any U.S. smelters operate
calcining furnaces and the extent of these process emissions.
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    We propose to require all owners or operators of primary aluminum
facilities to report the total quantities of PFC and CO2
process emissions. In 2006, 5 companies operated 14 primary aluminum
for at least part of the year. (One of these smelters operated only
briefly at the end of the year.) All primary aluminum smelters that
operated throughout 2006 would be covered at all capacity and
emissions-based thresholds considered in this analysis.
    In developing the threshold for primary aluminum, we considered the
emissions thresholds 1,000, 10,000, 25,000, and 100,000 metric tons
CO2e per year (metric tons CO2e/yr). These
emissions thresholds translate to 64, 640, 1,594, and 6,378 metric tons
primary aluminum produced, respectively, based on use of the 2006 IPCC
default emission factors and assuming side-worked prebake cells and 100
percent capacity utilization as shown in Table F-1 of this preamble.

                     Table F-1. Threshold Analysis for Aluminum Production Based on 2006 Emissions and Facility Production Capacity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Emissions covered               Facilities covered
                                                         Total national   Total number  ----------------------------------------------------------------
      Emission threshold level metric tons CO2e/yr          emissions     of facilities    Metric tons
                                                                                             CO2e/yr         Percent          Number          Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000..................................................       6,402,000              14       6,402,000            100                14             100
10,000.................................................       6,402,000              14       6,397,000             99.9              13              93
25,000.................................................       6,402,000              14       6,397,000             99.9              13              93
100,000................................................       6,402,000              14       6,397,000             99.9              13              93
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Production Capacity Threshold metric tons Al/year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
64.....................................................       6,402,000              14       6,402,000            100                14             100
640....................................................       6,402,000              14       6,402,000            100                14             100
1,594..................................................       6,402,000              14       6,402,000            100                14             100
6,378..................................................       6,402,000              14       6,402,000            100                14             100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We propose that all primary aluminum facilities be subject to
reporting. All smelters that operated in 2006 would be required to
report if a 10,000, 25,000, or 100,000 metric tons CO2e per
year threshold were used. Requiring all facilities to report would
simplify the rule, avoid the need for facilities to estimate emissions
to determine applicability, and ensure complete coverage of emissions
from this source category. It results in little extra burden for the
industry since few if any additional facilities would be required to
report (compared to the thresholds considered). Significant
fluctuations in capacity utilization do occur; aluminum smelters
sometimes shut down for long periods. Under the proposed rule,
facilities that did not operate at all during the previous year

[[Page 16490]]

would still have to submit a report; however, reporting would be
minimal. (Zero production implies zero emissions.)
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis, please refer to
the Aluminum Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-006). For specific
information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    This section of this preamble provides monitoring methods for
calculating and reporting process CO2 and PFC emissions
only. If a facility has stationary fuel combustion it would need to
also refer to proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C for methods for
CO2, CH4 and N2O and would be required
to follow the calculation procedures, monitoring and QA/QC methods,
recordkeeping requirements as described.
    Protocols and guidance reviewed for this analysis include the 2006
IPCC Guidelines, EPA's Voluntary Aluminum Industrial Partnership, the
Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks, the International
Aluminum Institute's Aluminum Sector Greenhouse Gas Protocol, the
Technical Guidelines for the Voluntary Reporting of Greenhouse Gases
(1605(b)) Program, EPA's Climate Leaders Program, and TRI.
    The methods described in these protocols and guidance coalesce
around the methods described by the International Aluminum Institute's
Aluminum Sector Greenhouse Gas Protocol and the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
These methods range from Tier 1 approaches based on aluminum production
to Tier 3 approaches based primarily on smelter-specific data. The IPCC
Tier 3 and International Aluminum Institute methods are essentially the same.
    Proposed Method for Monitoring PFC Emissions. The proposed method
for monitoring PFC emissions from aluminum processing is similar to the
Tier 3 approach in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for primary aluminum
production. The proposed method requires smelter-specific data on
aluminum production, anode effect minutes per cell day (anode effect-
mins/cell-day), and recently measured slope coefficients. The slope
coefficient represents kg of CF4/metric ton of aluminum
produced divided by anode effect minutes per cell-day. The cell-day is
the number of cells operating multiplied by the number of days of
operation, per the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. The following describes how to
calculate CF4 and C2F6 emissions based
on the slope method. CF4 emissions equal the slope
coefficient for CF4 (kg CF4/metric ton Al)/anode
effect-Mins/cell-day) times metal production (metric tons Al). Annual
anode effect calculations and records should be the sum of anode effect
minutes per cell day and production by month.
C2F6 emissions equal emissions of CF4
times the weight fraction of C2F6/CF4
(kg C2F6/kg CF4).
    Both the IPCC Tier 3 method and the less accurate IPCC Tier 2
method are based on these equations and parameters. The critical
distinction between the two methods is that the Tier 3 method requires
smelter-specific slope coefficients while the Tier 2 method relies on
default, technology-specific slope coefficients. Of the currently
operating U.S. smelters, all but one has measured a smelter-specific
coefficient at least once. However, as discussed below, some smelters
may need to update these measurements if they occurred more than 3 years ago.
    Use of the Tier 3 approach significantly improves the precision of
a smelter's PFC emissions estimate. For individual facilities using the
most common smelter technology in the U.S., the uncertainty (95 percent
confidence interval) of estimates developed using the Tier 2 approach
is &plusmn;50 percent,\65\ while the uncertainty of estimates
developed using the Tier 3 approach is approximately &plusmn;15
percent (Aluminum Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-006)). For a
typical U.S. smelter emitting 175,000 metric tons CO2e in
PFCs, these errors result in absolute uncertainties of 88,000 metric tons CO2e and &plusmn;26,000 metric
tons CO2e, respectively. The reduction in uncertainty
associated with moving from the Tier 2 to the Tier 3 approach, 62,000
metric tons CO2e, is as large as the emissions from many of
the sources that would be subject to the rule. We concluded the extra
burden to facilities of measuring the smelter-specific slope
coefficients is justified by the considerable improvement in the
precision of the reported emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ The most common smelter technology in the U.S. is the
center-worked prebake technology. The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide a
95 percent confidence interval of &plusmn;6 percent for the
center-worked prebake technology default slope coefficient. However,
this range is not the range within which the slope coefficient from
a single center-worked prebake technology has a 95 percent chance of
falling. Instead, it is the range within which the true mean of all
center-worked prebake technology slope factors has a 95 percent
chance of falling. This appears to depart from the usual convention
for expressing the uncertainties related to the use of default
coefficients in the Guidelines.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Measurement of Slope Coefficients. We propose that slope
coefficients be measured using a method similar to the USEPA/
International Aluminum Institute Protocol for Measurement of
Tetrafluoromethane and Hexafluoroethane from Primary Aluminum
Production. The protocol establishes guidelines to ensure that
measurements of smelter-specific slope-coefficients are consistent and
accurate (e.g., representative of typical smelter operating conditions
and emission rates). These guidelines include recommendations for
documenting the frequency and duration of anode effects, measuring
aluminum production, sampling design, measurement instruments and
methods, calculations, QA/QC, and measurement frequency.
    During the past few years, multiple U.S. smelters have adopted
changes to their production process which are likely to have changed
their slope coefficients.\66\ These include the adoption of slotted
anodes and improvements to process control algorithms. Although some
U.S. smelters have recently updated their measurements of smelter-
specific coefficients, others may not have.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \66\ Aluminum Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-006).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We understand that two smelting companies in the U.S., Rio Tinto
Alcan and Alcoa, have the necessary equipment and teams in-house to
measure smelter-specific slope factors. These two companies account for
11 out of 15 of the operating smelters in the U.S. The remaining
facilities would need to hire a consultant to conduct a measurement
study once every three years to accurately determine their slope
coefficients. The cost of hiring a consultant to conduct the
measurement study is probably significantly lower than the capital,
labor and O&M costs of the equipment, training, and maintenance
required to conduct the measurements in-house. While the cost to
implement a Tier 3 approach is significantly greater than the cost to
implement a Tier 2 approach, the benefit of reduced uncertainty is
considerable (approximately 40 percent), as noted above.
    We request comment on the proposal that all smelters be required to
measure their smelter-specific slope coefficients at least once every
three years. We considered, but are not proposing, to exempt ``high
performing'' smelters, as defined by the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, from the
requirement to measure their smelter-specific slope coefficients more

[[Page 16491]]

than once. The Guidelines define ``high-performing'' smelters as those
that operate with less than 0.2 anode effect minutes per cell day or
less than 1.4 millivolt overvoltage. The Guidelines state, ``no
significant improvement can be expected in the overall facility GHG
inventory by using the Tier 3 method rather than the Tier 2 method.''
(IPCC, page 4.53, footnote 1). However, EPA believes there is benefit
to EPA and to industry of periodic evaluation of the correlation of the
smelter-specific slope coefficient and actual emissions, even in
situations of low anode effect minutes per cell day or overvoltage.
    The Overvoltage Method. Another Tier 3 method included in the IPCC
Guidelines is the Overvoltage Method. This method relates PFC emissions
to an overvoltage coefficient, anode effect overvoltage, current
efficiency, and aluminum production. The overvoltage method was
developed for smelters using the Pechiney technology. We request
comment on whether any U.S. smelters are using the Pechiney technology
and, if so, on whether these smelters should be permitted to use the
Overvoltage Method.
    Proposed Method for Monitoring Process CO2 Emissions. If
you are required to use an existing CEMS to meet the requirements
outlined in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, you would be required
to use CEMS to estimate stationary fuel combustion CO2
emissions. Where the CEMS capture all combustion- and process-related
CO2 emissions you would be required to follow the
calculation procedures, monitoring and QA/QC methods, missing data
procedures, reporting requirements, and recordkeeping requirements of
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate process and stationary
fuel combustion CO2 emissions from the industrial source.
Also, refer to proposed 40 CR part 98, subpart C to estimate
combustion-related CH4 and N2O.
    If your facility does not have stationary combustion, or if you do
not currently have CEMS that meet the requirements outlined in proposed
40 CR part 98, subpart C, or where the CEMS would not adequately
account for process CO2 emissions, the proposed monitoring
method for process CO2 emissions is similar to the IPCC Tier
2 approach, which relies on industry defaults rather than smelter-
specific values for concentrations of minor anode components.
    CO2 emitted during electrolysis. We propose to require
that CO2 emitted during electrolysis be calculated based on
metal production and net anode consumption using a mass balance
approach that assumes all carbon from net anode consumption is
ultimately emitted as CO2. Since the concentrations of the
non-carbon components are small (typically less than one percent to
five percent), facility-specific data on them is not as critical to the
precision of emission estimates as is facility-specific data on net
anode consumption. Tier 3 improves the accuracy of the results but the
improvement in accuracy is not expected to exceed 5 percent per the
2006 IPCC Guidelines. Although we do not propose to require the use of
the Tier 3 approach, we would allow and encourage smelter operators to
use facility-specific data on anode non-carbon components when that
data were available.
    For prebake cells, CO2 emissions are equal to net
prebaked anode consumption per metric ton aluminum times total metal
production times the percent weight of sulfur and ash content in the
baked anode times the molecular mass of CO2.
    CO2 emissions from S[oslash]derberg cells are a function
of total metal production, paste consumption, emissions of cyclohexane
soluble matter, percent binder and sulfur content in paste, percent ash
and hydrogen content in pitch, percent weight of sulfur and ash content
in calcined coke, carbon in skimmed dust from S[oslash]derberg cells,
and the carbon atomic mass ratio.
    The data reported by companies participating in EPA's Voluntary
Aluminum Industrial Partnership has generally not included smelter-
specific values for each of these variables. However, most participants
in the Voluntary Aluminum Industrial Partnership have used either data
on paste consumption (for S[oslash]derberg cells) or on net anode
consumption (for Prebake cells), along with some smelter-specific data
on impurities, to develop a hybrid IPCC Tier 2/3 estimate (i.e.,
combination of smelter-specific and default factors).
    CO2 emitted during anode baking. We propose that
CO2 emitted during anode baking be calculated based on a
mass balance approach involving chemical contents of the anodes and
packing materials. No anode baking emissions occur when using
S[oslash]derberg cells, since these cells are not baked before aluminum
smelting, but rather, bake in the electrolysis cell during smelting.
    CO2 emissions from pitch volatiles combustion equal the
initial weight from green anode minus hydrogen content minus baked
anode production minus waste tar collected times the molecular weight
of CO2. CO2 emissions from bake furnace packing
material are a function of packing coke consumption times baked anode
production times the percent weight sulfur and ash content in packing coke.
    As is the case for CO2 emitted during electrolysis, the
IPCC Tier 2 approach for anode baking relies on industry-wide defaults
for minor anode components, requiring smelter-specific data only for
the initial weight of green anodes and for baked anode production. The
IPCC Tier 3 approach requires smelter-specific values for all
parameters. Again, the concentrations of minor components are small,
limiting their impact on the estimate of CO2 emissions from
anode baking. In addition, anode baking emissions account for
approximately 10 percent of total CO2 process emissions, so
reducing the uncertainty in this estimate would have only a minor
impact on the overall CO2 process estimate. For EPA's
Voluntary Aluminum Industrial Partnership program, many smelters report
only some smelter-specific values for the concentrations of minor anode
components. In light of these considerations, we propose to require the
Tier 2 method for estimating CO2 emissions from anode
baking, with the option to use facility-specific data on impurity
concentrations when that data is available.
    Other Options Considered. We are not proposing IPCC's Tier 1
methodology for calculating PFC emissions. Although this methodology is
simple, the default emission factors for PFCs have large uncertainties
due to the variability in anode effect frequency and duration. Since
1990, all U.S. smelters have sharply reduced their anode effect
frequency and duration; through 2006, average anode minutes per cell
day have declined by approximately 85 percent, lowering U.S. smelter
emission rates well below those of the IPCC Tier 1 defaults.
Consequently, as discussed above, the Tier 3 methodology has been proposed.
    For CO2, we are not proposing IPCC's Tier 1 methodology
for calculating emissions. The difference in uncertainty between
emission estimates developed using IPCC Tier 1 and Tier 2/3 approaches
for U.S. smelters is notably lower than the difference for the PFC
estimates. However, as part of typical operations, facilities regularly
monitor inputs to higher Tier methods (e.g., consumption of anodes);
consequently, the incremental cost to use the IPCC Tier 2 or a Tier 2/3
hybrid estimate are small.

[[Page 16492]]

4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    Where anode effect minutes per cell day data points are missing,
the average anode effect minutes per cell day of the remaining
measurements within the same reporting period may be applied. These
parameters are typically logged by the process control system as part
of the operations of nearly all aluminium production facilities and the
uncertainties in these data are low.
    It is likely that aluminum production levels would be well known,
since businesses rely on accurate monitoring and reporting of
production levels. The 2006 IPCC Guidelines specify an uncertainty of
less than 1 percent in the data for the annual production of aluminum.
The likelihood for missing data is low.
    For CO2 emissions, the uncertainty in recording anode
consumption as baked anode consumption or coke consumption is estimated
to be only slightly higher than for aluminium production, less than 2
percent per the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. This is also an important
parameter in smelter operations and is routinely/continuously
monitored. Again, the likelihood for missing data is low.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    In addition to annual GHG emissions data, facilities would be
required to submit annual aluminum production and smelter technology
used. The following PFC-specific information would also be required to
be reported on an annual basis: Anode effect minutes per cell-day, and
anode effect frequency and duration. Smelters would also be required to
submit smelter-specific slope coefficient; the last date when smelter-
specific slope coefficient was measured; certification that
measurements of slope coefficients were conducted in accordance with
the method identified in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart F; and the
parameters used by the smelter to measure the frequency and duration of
anode effects.
    The following CO2-specific information would be reported
on an annual basis: Anode consumption for pre-bake cells, paste
consumption for S[oslash]derberg cells, and smelter-specific inputs to
the CO2 process equations (e.g., levels of impurities) that
were used in the calculation. Exact data elements required would vary
depending on smelter technology.
    These records consist of values that are used to calculate the
emissions and are necessary to enable verification that the GHG
emissions monitoring and calculations were done correctly.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    In addition to the data reported, we propose that facilities
maintain records on monthly production by smelter, anode effect minutes
per cell-day or anode effect overvoltage by month, facility specific
emission coefficient linked to anode effect performance, and net anode
consumption for Prebake cells or paste consumption for S[oslash]derberg cells.
    These records consist of data that would be used to calculate the
GHG emissions and are necessary to verify that the emissions monitoring
and calculations are done correctly.

G. Ammonia Manufacturing

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Ammonia is a major industrial chemical that is mainly used as
fertilizer, directly applied as anhydrous ammonia, or further processed
into urea, ammonium nitrates, ammonium phosphates, and other nitrogen
compounds. Ammonia also is used to produce plastics, synthetic fibers
and resins, and explosives.
    Ammonia can be produced through three processes: Steam reforming,
solid fuel gasification, and brine electrolysis. The production of
ammonia typically uses conventional steam reforming or solid fuel
gasification and generates both combustion and process-related
greenhouse gas emissions. The production of ammonia through the brine
electrolysis process does not produce process GHG emissions, although
it releases GHGs from combustion of fuels to support the electrolysis
process. We have not identified any facilities in the U.S. producing
ammonia through the brine electrolysis process.
    Catalytic steam reforming of ammonia generates process-related
CO2, primarily through the use of natural gas as a
feedstock. One plant located in Kansas is manufacturing ammonia from
petroleum coke feedstock. This and other natural gas-based and
petroleum coke-based feedstock processes produce CO2 and
hydrogen, the latter of which is used in the manufacture of ammonia.
    Not all of the CO2 produced in the manufacture of
ammonia is emitted directly to the atmosphere. Both ammonia and
CO2 are used as raw materials in the production of urea
(CO(NH2)2), which is another type of nitrogenous
fertilizer that contains carbon (C) and nitrogen (N). The carbon from
ammonia production that is used to manufacture urea is assumed to be
released into the environment as CO2 during urea use.
Therefore, the majority of CO2 emissions associated with
urea consumption are those that result from its use as a fertilizer.
For CO2 collected and used onsite or transferred offsite,
you must follow the methodology provided in proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart PP (Suppliers of CO2).
    Some facilities produce for sale a combination of ammonia,
methanol, and hydrogen. We propose that facilities report their
process-related GHG emissions in the source category corresponding to
the primary NAICS code for the facility. For example, a facility that
primarily produces ammonia but also produces methanol would report in
the ammonia manufacturing source category. Since CO2 is used
to produce methanol, it does not get emitted directly into the
atmosphere. These facilities would account for the CO2 used
to produce methanol through the methodology provided in proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart G (Ammonia Manufacturing).
    National emissions from ammonia manufacturing were estimated to be
14.6 million metric tons CO2 equivalent (<0.25 percent of
U.S. GHG emissions in 2006). These emissions include both process
related CO2 emissions and on-site stationary combustion emissions
(CO2, CH4, and N2O) from 24
manufacturing facilities across the U.S. Process-related emissions
account for 7.6 million metric tons CO2, or 52 percent of
the total, while on-site stationary combustion emissions account for
the remaining 7.0 million metric tons CO2 equivalent emissions.
    For additional background information on ammonia manufacturing,
please refer to the Ammonia Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-007).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    In developing the reporting threshold for ammonia manufacturing, we
considered emissions-based thresholds of 1,000 metric tons
CO2e, 10,000 metric tons CO2e, 25,000 metric tons
CO2e and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table G-1 of
this preamble illustrates the emissions and facilities that would be
covered under these various thresholds.

[[Page 16493]]

                             Table G-1. Threshold Analysis for Ammonia Manufacturing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Emissions covered      Facilities covered
                                          Total     Total number -----------------------------------------------
 Threshold level metric tons CO2e/yr    national         of         Metric
                                        emissions    facilities   tons CO2e/    Percent     Number      Percent
                                                                      yr
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000...............................    14,543,007            24  14,543,007         100          24         100
10,000..............................    14,543,007            24  14,543,007         100          24         100
5,000...............................    14,543,007            24  14,543,007         100          24         100
100,000.............................    14,543,007            24  14,449,519          99          22          92
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Facility-level emissions estimates based on known plant capacities
suggest that all known facilities, except two, exceed the 100,000
metric tons CO2e threshold. Where information was available,
emission estimates were adjusted to account for CO2
consumption during urea production, and this was taken into account in
the threshold analysis. In order to simplify the proposed rule and
avoid the need for the source to calculate and report whether the
facility exceeds the threshold value, we propose that all ammonia
manufacturing facilities are required to report.
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis, please refer to
the Ammonia Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-007). For specific
information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Many domestic and international monitoring guidelines and protocols
include methodologies for estimating both combustion and process-
related emissions from ammonia manufacturing (e.g., 2006 IPCC
Guidelines, U.S. Inventory, DOE 1605(b), and TCR). These methodologies
coalesce around the following four options which we considered for
quantifying emissions from ammonia manufacture:
    Option 1. The first method found in existing protocols estimates
emissions by applying a default emission factor to total ammonia
produced. This approach estimates only process-related emissions. This
approach is consistent with IPCC Tier 1 and DOE 1605(b) ``C'' rated
estimation methods.
    Option 2. A second method consists of performing a mass balance
calculation using default carbon content values for feedstock (from the
U.S. DOE). Using default carbon content for fuel would not provide the
same level of accuracy as using facility-specific carbon contents. This
approach is consistent with IPCC Tier 2, DOE 1605(b) and TCR's ``B''
rated estimation methods.
    Option 3. The third option is based on the IPCC Tier 3 method for
determining CO2 emissions from ammonia manufacture. This
method calculates emissions based on the monthly measurements of the
total feedstock consumed (quantity of natural gas or other feedstock)
and the monthly carbon content of the feedstock. All carbon in the
feedstock is assumed to be oxidized to CO2. The accuracy and
certainty of this approach is directly related to the accuracy of the
feedstock usage and the carbon content of the feedstock. If the
measurements or readings are made and verified according to established
QA/QC methods, the resulting emission calculations are as accurate as
possible. For CO2 collected and used onsite or transferred
offsite, you must follow the methodology provided in proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart PP of this part (Suppliers of CO2). This
approach is also consistent with DOE's 1605(b) ``A'' rated method and
TCR's ``A2'' rated estimation methods.
    Option 4. The fourth option is using CEMS to directly measure
CO2 emissions. While this method does tend to provide the
most accurate emissions measurements, it is likely the costliest of all
the monitoring methods.
    Proposed Option. Under the proposed rule, if you are required to
use an existing CEMS to meet the requirements outlined in proposed 40
CFR part 98, subpart C and the CEMS capture all combustion- and
process-related CO2 emissions you would be required to
follow requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate
CO2 emissions from the industrial source.
    For facilities that do not currently have CEMS that meet the
requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, or where
the CEMS does not measure CO2 process emissions, the
proposed monitoring method is Option 3. You would be required to follow
the requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate
CO2, CH4 and N2O emissions from
stationary combustion.
    The proposed monitoring method is Option 3. Options 3 and 4 provide
the most accurate estimates from site-specific conditions. Option 3 is
consistent with current feedstock monitoring practices at facilities
within this industry, thereby minimizing costs. For CO2 collected and
used onsite or transferred offsite, you must follow the methodology
provided in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart PP (Suppliers of CO2).
    In general, we decided against existing methodologies that relied
on default emission factors or default values for carbon content of
materials because the differences among facilities could not be
discerned, and such default approaches are inherently inaccurate for
site-specific determinations. The use of default values is more
appropriate for sector-wide or national total estimates from aggregated
activity data than for determining emissions from a specific facility.
    The various approaches to monitoring GHG emissions are elaborated
in the Ammonia Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-007).
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    The proposed rule requires the use of substitute data whenever a
quality-assured value of a parameter that is used to calculate GHG
emissions is unavailable, or ``missing.'' For missing feedstock supply
rates, use the lesser of the maximum supply rate that the unit is
capable of processing or the maximum supply rate that the meter can
measure. There are no missing data procedures for carbon content. A re-
test must be performed if the data from any monthly measurements are
determined to be invalid.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    We propose that facilities that estimate their process CO2
emissions under proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart G, submit their
process CO2 emissions data and the following additional data on an
annual basis. These data are the basis for calculations and are needed
for us to understand the emissions data and verify the reasonableness
of the reported emissions. We propose facilities submit

[[Page 16494]]

the following data on an annual basis for each process unit: The total
quantity of feedstock consumed for ammonia manufacturing, the monthly
analyses of carbon content for each feedstock used in ammonia
manufacturing. A full list of data to be reported is included in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts A and G.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    We propose that each ammonia manufacturing facility maintain
records of monthly carbon content analyses, and the method used to
determine the quantity of feedstock used. These records consist of
values that are directly used to calculate the emissions that are
reported and are necessary to enable verification that the GHG
emissions monitoring and calculations were done correctly.

H. Cement Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Hydraulic Portland cement, the primary product of the cement
industry, is a fine gray or white powder produced by heating a mixture
of limestone, clay, and other ingredients at high temperature.
Limestone is the single largest ingredient required in the cement-
making process, and most cement plants are located near large limestone
deposits. CO2 from the chemical process of cement production is the
second largest source of industrial CO2 emissions in the U.S.
    During the cement production process, calcium carbonate (CaCO3)
(usually from limestone and chalk) is combined with silica-containing
materials (such as sand and shale) and is heated in a cement kiln at a
temperature of about 1,450 [deg]C (2,400 [deg]F). The CaCO3 forms
calcium oxide (or CaO) and CO2 in a process known as calcination or
calcining. Very small amounts of carbonates other than CaCO3, such as
magnesium carbonates and non-carbonate organic carbon may also be
present in the raw materials, both of which contribute to generation of
additional CO2. The product from the cement kiln is clinker, an
intermediate product, and the CO2 generated as a by-product. The CO2 is
released to the atmosphere.
    Additional CO2 emissions are generated with the formation of
partially calcinated cement kiln dust. During clinker production, some
of the clinker precursor materials (instead of forming clinker) are
entrained in the flue gases exiting the kiln as non-calcinated,
partially calcinated, or fully calcinated cement kiln dust \67\. Cement
Kiln Dust is collected from the flue gas in dust collection equipment
and can either be recycled back to the kiln or be sent offsite for
disposal, depending on its quality. Organic carbon in raw materials is
also emitted as CO2 as raw material is heated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \67\ Cement Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-008).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    National GHG emissions from cement production were estimated to be
86.83 million metric tons CO2e in 2006. These emissions include both
process-related emissions (CO2) and on-site stationary combustion
emissions (CO2, CH4, and N2O) from 107 cement production facilities.
Process-related emissions account for over half of emissions (45.7
million metric tons CO2), while on-site stationary combustion emissions
account for the remaining 41.1 million metric tons CO2e emissions.
    For additional background information on cement production, please
refer to the Cement Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-008).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    In developing the threshold for cement manufacturing, we considered
emissions-based thresholds of 1,000 metric tons CO2e, 10,000 metric
tons CO2e, 25,000 metric tons CO2e, and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table
H-1 of this preamble illustrates the emissions and facilities that
would be covered under these thresholds.

                             Table H-1. Threshold Analysis for Cement Manufacturing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Emissions Covered        Facilities Covered
                                    Total                    ---------------------------------------------------
  Threshold level metric tons      national    Total number     Million
            CO2e/yr               emissions    of facilities  metric tons    Percent       Number      Percent
                                  (MMTCO2e)                     CO2e/yr
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000..........................        86.83             107        86.83          100          107          100
10,000.........................        86.83             107        86.83          100          107          100
25,000.........................        86.83             107        86.83          100          107          100
100,000........................        86.83             107        86.74         99.9          106         99.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    All emissions thresholds examined covered over 99.9 percent of CO2e
emissions from cement facilities. Only one plant out of 107 in the
dataset would be excluded by a 100,000 metric tons CO2e threshold. All
facilities would be included under a 25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold.
Therefore, EPA is proposing that all cement production facilities are
required to report. Having no threshold covers all of the cement
production process emissions without increasing the number of
facilities that must report and simplifies the rule.
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis, please refer to
the Cement Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-008). For specific
information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Many domestic and international GHG monitoring guidelines and
protocols include methodologies for estimating process-related
emissions from cement manufacturing (e.g., the 2006 IPCC Guidelines,
U.S. Inventory, DOE 1605(b), CARB mandatory GHG emissions reporting
program, EPA's Climate Leaders, the EU Emissions Trading System, and
the Cement Sustainability Initiative Protocol). These

[[Page 16495]]

methodologies coalesce around four different options.
    Option 1. Apply a default emission factor to the total quantity of
clinker produced at the facility. The quantity of clinker produced
could be directly measured, or a clinker fraction could be applied to
the total quantity of cement produced.
    Option 2. Apply site-specific emission factors to the quantity of
clinker produced.
    Option 3. Measure the carbonate inputs to the furnace. Under this
``kiln input'' approach, emissions are calculated by weighing the mass
of individual carbonate species sent to the kiln, multiplying by the
emissions factor (relating CO2 emissions to carbonate content in the
kiln feed), and subtracting for uncalcined cement kiln dust.
    Option 4. Direct measurement of emissions using CEMS.
    Proposed Option. Based on the agency's review of the above
approaches, we propose two different methods for quantifying GHG
emissions from cement manufacturing, depending on current emissions
monitoring at the facility.
    CEMS Method. Under the proposed rule, if you are required to use an
existing CEMS to meet the requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part
98, subpart C, you would be required to use CEMS to estimate CO2
emissions. Where the CEMS capture all combustion- and process-related
CO2 emissions you would be required to follow the requirements of
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate all CO2 emissions from
the industrial source. Also, refer to proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart
C (discussed in Section V.C of this preamble) to estimate combustion-
related CH4 and N2O.
    Calculation Method (Option 2). For facilities that do not currently
have CEMS that meet the requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part
98, subpart C, or where the CEMS would not adequately account for
process emissions, we propose that these facilities calculate emissions
following Option 2 outlined below. You would be required to follow the
requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate
emissions of CO2, CH4 and N2O from stationary combustion. The cement
production section provides only those procedures for calculating and
reporting process-related emissions.
    Under Option 2, we propose that facilities develop facility-
specific emission factors relating CO2 emissions to clinker production
for each individual kiln. The emission factor relating CO2 emissions to
clinker production would be based on the percent of measured carbonate
content in the clinker (measured on a monthly basis) and the fraction
of calcination achieved. The clinker emission factor is then multiplied
by the monthly clinker production to estimate monthly process-related
CO2 emissions from cement production. Annual emissions are calculated
by summing CO2 emissions over 12 months across all kilns at the facility.
    Most current protocols propose this method, but allow facilities to
apply a national default emission factor. We propose the development of
a facility-specific emission factor based on the understanding that
facilities analyze the carbonate contents of their raw materials to the
kiln on a frequent basis, either on a daily basis or every time there
is a change in the raw material mix.
    Cement Kiln Dust. The CO2 emissions attributable to calcined
material in the cement kiln dust not recycled back to the kiln must be
added to the estimate of CO2 emissions from clinker production. To
establish a cement kiln dust adjustment factor, we propose that
facilities conduct a chemical analysis on a quarterly basis to estimate
the plant-specific fraction of uncalcined carbonate in the cement kiln
dust from each kiln, that is not recycled to the kiln each quarter.
Again, this method provides reasonable accuracy and is highly
consistent with the prevailing methods presented in existing protocols.
    TOC Content in Raw Materials. The CO2 emissions attributable to the
TOC content in raw material must be added to the estimate of CO2
emissions from clinker production and cement kiln dust. We propose that
facilities conduct an annual chemical analysis to determine the organic
content of the raw material on an annual basis. The emissions are
calculated from the TOC content by multiplying the organic content by
the amount of raw material consumed annually.
    Other Options Considered. We considered three alternative options
to estimate process-related emissions from cement production. The first
method considered was to apply default emission factors to clinker
production (either based on measurement of clinker, or by applying a
clinker fraction to cement production). Applying default emission
factors to clinker production is one of the most common approaches in
existing protocols. However, we have determined that applying default
emission factors to clinker production is more appropriate for
national-level emissions estimates than facility-specific estimates,
where data are readily available to develop site-specific emission factors.
    In some protocols, this method requires correcting for purchases
and sales of clinker, such that a facility is only accounting for
emissions from the clinker that is manufactured on site. This approach
provides better emissions data than protocols where the method does not
correct for clinker purchases and sales. In some protocols, the method
requires reporters to start with cement production, estimate the
clinker fraction, and then estimate the carbonate input used to produce
the clinker. Conceptually, this might not be any different than the
kiln input approach as the facility would ultimately have to identify
and quantify the carbonate inputs to the kiln.
    The kiln input approach was considered, but not proposed, because
it would not lead to significantly reduced uncertainty in the emissions
estimate over the clinker based approach, where a site-specific
emission factor is developed using periodic sampling of the carbonate
mix into the kiln. The primary difference is the proposed clinker-based
approach requires a monthly analysis of the degree of calcination
achieved in the clinker in order to develop the facility-specific
emissions factor, whereas the kiln input approach would require monthly
monitoring of the inputs and outputs of the kiln. We concluded that
although the kiln input does not improve certainty estimates
significantly, it could potentially be more costly depending on the
carbonate input sampling frequency.
    Early domestic and international guidance documents for estimating
process CO2 emissions from cement production offered the option of
applying a default emission factor to cement production (e.g. IPCC Tier
1, DOE 1605(b) ``C'' rated approach). This is no longer considered an
acceptable method in national inventories therefore we did not consider
it further for developing a mandatory GHG reporting rule.
    The various approaches to monitoring GHG emissions are elaborated
in the Cement Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-008).
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    For facilities with CEMs, we propose that facilities follow the
missing data procedures in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, which
are also discussed in Section V.C of this preamble.
    For facilities without CEMs, we propose that no missing data
procedures would apply because the emission

[[Page 16496]]

factors used to estimate CO2 emissions from clinker and cement kiln
dust production are derived from routine tests of carbonate contents.
In the event data on carbonate content analysis is missing we propose
that the facility undertake a new analysis of carbonate contents. We
are not proposing any missing data allowance for clinker and cement
kiln dust production data. The likelihood for missing input, clinker
and cement kiln dust production data is low, as businesses closely
track their purchase of production inputs, quantity of clinker
produced, and quantity of cement kiln dust discarded.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    We propose that facilities submit annual CO2 emissions
from cement production, as well as any stationary fuel combustion
emissions. In addition, facilities using CEMS would be required to
follow the data reporting requirements in proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart C. Facilities using the clinker-based approach would be
required to report annual clinker production, annual cement kiln dust
production, number of kilns, site-specific clinker emission factor, the
total annual fraction of cement kiln dust recycled to the kiln, and the
quantity of CO2 captured for use and the end use, if known.
In addition, we propose that facilities submit their annual analysis of
carbonate composition, the total annual fraction of calcination
achieved (for each carbonate), organic carbon content of the raw
material, and the amount of raw material consumed annually. These data,
used as the basis of the calculations, are needed for EPA to understand
the emissions data and verify reasonableness of the reported emissions.
A full list of data to be reported is included in proposed 40 CFR part
98, subparts A and H.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    In addition to the data reported, we propose that facilities using
the clinker-based approach to calculate emissions keep records of
monthly carbonate consumption, monthly cement production, monthly
clinker production, results from monthly chemical analysis of
carbonates, documentation of calculated site specific clinker emission
factor, quarterly cement kiln dust production, total annual fraction
calcination achieved, organic carbon content of the raw material, and
the amount of raw material consumed annually. These records include
values directly used to calculate the reported emissions; and these
records are necessary to verify the estimated GHG emissions. A full
list of records that must be retained onsite is included in proposed 40
CFR part 98, subparts A and H.

I. Electronics Manufacturing

1. Definition of the Source Category
    The electronics industry uses multiple long-lived fluorinated GHGs
such as PFCs, HFCs, SF6, and NF3 during
manufacturing of semiconductors, liquid crystal displays (LCDs),
microelectrical mechanical systems (MEMs), and photovoltaic cells (PV).
We are also seeking comment below on the inclusion of light-emitting
diodes (LEDs), disk readers and other products as part of the
electronics manufacturing source category.
    The fluorinated gases (at room temperature) are used for plasma
etching of silicon materials and cleaning deposition tool chambers.
Additionally, semiconductor manufacturing employs fluorinated GHGs
(typically liquids at room temperature) as heat transfer fluids. The
most common fluorinated GHGs in use are HFC-23, CF4,
C2F6, NF3 and SF6, although
other compounds such as perfluoropropane (C3F8)
and perfluorocyclobutane (c-C4F8) are also used
(EPA, 2008a).
    Electronics manufacturers may also use N2O as the oxygen source for
chemical vapor deposition of silicon oxynitride or silicon dioxide.
Besides dielectric film etching and chamber cleaning, much smaller
quantities of fluorinated gases are used to etch polysilicon films and
refractory metal films like tungsten. Table I-1 of this preamble
presents the fluorinated GHGs typically used during manufacture of each
of these electronics devices.

      Table I-1. Fluorinated GHGs Used by the Electronics Industry
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Fluorinated GHGs used during
             Product type                         manufacture
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electronics (e.g., Semiconductor,      CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, c-C4F8O,
 MEMS, LCD, PV).                        C4F6, C5F8, CHF3, CH2F2, NF3,
                                        SF6, and Heat Transfer Fluids
                                        (CF3-(O-CF(CF3)-CF2)n-(O-CF2)m-O
                                        -CF3, CnF2n+2, CnF2n+1(O)
                                        CmF2m+1, CnF2nO, (CnF2n+1)3N)a.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a IPCC Guidelines do not specify the fluorinated GHGs used by the MEMs
  industry. Literature reviews revealed that CF4, SF6, and the Bosch
  process (consisting of alternating steps of SF6 and c-C4F8) are used
  to manufacture MEMs. For further information, see the Electronics
  Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-009).

    The etching process uses plasma-generated fluorine atoms, which
chemically react with exposed dielectric film to selectively remove the
desired portions of the film. The material removed as well as
undissociated fluorinated gases flow into waste streams and, unless
emission control systems are employed, into the atmosphere.
    Chambers used for depositing dielectric films are cleaned
periodically using fluorinated and other gases. During the cleaning
cycle the gas is converted to fluorine atoms in plasma, which etches
away residual material from chamber walls, electrodes, and chamber
hardware. Undissociated fluorinated gases and other products pass from
the chamber to waste streams and, unless emission control systems are
employed, into the atmosphere.
    In addition to emissions of unreacted gases, some fluorinated
compounds can also be transformed in the plasma processes into
different fluorinated GHGs which are then exhausted, unless abated,
into the atmosphere. For example, when C2F6 is
used in cleaning or etching, CF4 is generated and emitted as a process
by-product.
    Fluorinated GHG liquids (at room temperature) such as fully
fluorinated linear, branched or cyclic alkanes, ethers, tertiary amines
and aminoethers, and mixtures thereof are used as heat transfer fluids
at several semiconductor facilities to cool process equipment, control
temperature during device testing, and solder semiconductor devices to
circuit boards. The fluorinated heat transfer fluid's high vapor
pressures can lead to evaporative losses during use.\68\ We are seeking
comment on the extent of use and

[[Continued on page 16497]]

From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]]                        

[[pp. 16497-16546]]
Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases

[[Continued from page 16496]]

[[Page 16497]]

annual replacement quantities of fluorinated liquids as heat transfer
fluids in other electronics sectors, such as their use for cooling or
cleaning during LCD manufacture.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \68\ Electronics Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-009);
2006 IPCC Guidelines.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total U.S. Emissions. Emissions of fluorinated GHGs from an
estimated 216 electronics facilities were estimated to be 6.1 million
metric tons CO2e in 2006. Below is a breakdown of emissions
by electronics product type.
    Semiconductors. Emissions of fluorinated GHGs, including heat
transfer fluids, from 175 semiconductor facilities were estimated to be
5.9 million metric tons CO2e in 2006. Of the total estimated
semiconductor emissions, 5.4 million metric tons CO2e are
from etching/chamber cleaning and 0.5 million metric tons
CO2e are from heat transfer fluid usage. Partners of the PFC
Reduction/Climate Partnership for Semiconductors comprise approximately
80 percent of U.S. semiconductor production capacity. These partners
have committed to reduce their emissions (exclusive of heat transfer
fluid emissions) to 10 percent below their 1995 levels by 2010, and
their emissions have been on a general decline toward attainment of
this goal since 1999.
    MEMs. Emissions of fluorinated GHGs from 12 facilities were
estimated to be 0.03 million metric tons CO2e in 2006.
    LCDs. Emissions of fluorinated GHGs from 9 facilities were
estimated to be 0.02 million metric tons CO2e in 2006.
    PVs. Emissions of fluorinated GHGs from 20 PV facilities were
estimated to be 0.07 million metric tons CO2e in 2006. We
request comment on the number and capacity of thin film (i.e.,
amorphous silicon) and other PV manufacturing facilities in the U.S.
using fluorinated GHGs.
    Emissions To Be Reported. This section details our proposed
requirements for reporting fluorinated GHG and N2O emissions
from the following processes and activities:
    (1) Plasma etching;
    (2) Chamber cleaning;
    (3) Chemical vapor deposition using N2O as the oxygen source; and
    (4) Heat transfer fluid use.
    Our understanding is that only semiconductor facilities use heat
transfer fluids; we request comment on this assumption.
    For additional background information on the electronics industry,
refer to the Electronics Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-009).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    For manufacture of semiconductors, LCDs, and MEMs, we are proposing
capacity-based thresholds equivalent to an annual emissions threshold
of 25,000 metric tons CO2e. For manufacture of PVs for which
we have less information on use and emissions of fluorinated GHGs, we
are proposing an emissions threshold of 25,000 metric tons of
CO2e.
    We are seeking comment on the inclusion of LEDs, disk readers and
other products in the electronics manufacturing source category. Given
that the manufacturing process for these devices is similar to other
electronics, we are specifically interested in seeking feedback on the
level of emissions from their manufacturer and whether subjecting these
products to an emissions threshold of 25,000 metric ton CO2e
would be appropriate.
    In our analysis, we considered emission thresholds of 1,000 metric
tons CO2e, 10,000 metric tons CO2e, 25,000 metric
tons CO2e, and 100,000 metric tons CO2e per year.
Table I-2 of this preamble shows emissions and facilities that would be
captured by the respective emissions thresholds.

                                                 Table I-2. Threshold Analysis for Electronics Industry
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Emissions covered               Facilities covered
                                                         Total national   Total number  ----------------------------------------------------------------
      Emission threshold level metric tons CO2e/yr          emissions     of facilities    Metric tons
                                                                                             CO2e/yr         Percent        Facilities        Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000..................................................       5,984,462             216       5,972,909             99.8             173              80
10,000.................................................       5,984,462             216       5,840,411             98               118              55
25,000.................................................       5,984,462             216       5,708,283             95                96              44
100,000................................................       5,984,462             216       4,708,283             79                54              25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We selected the 25,000 metric tons CO2e per year
threshold because this threshold maximizes emissions reporting, while
excluding small facilities that do not contribute significantly to the
overall GHG emissions.
    We propose to use a production-based threshold based on the rated
capacities of facilities, as opposed to an emissions-based threshold,
where possible, because it simplifies the applicability determination.
Therefore, we derived production capacity thresholds that are
approximately equivalent to metric tons CO2e using IPCC Tier
1 default emissions factors and assuming 100 percent capacity
utilization. Where IPCC Tier 1 default factors were unavailable (i.e.,
MEMs), the emissions factor was estimated based on those of
semiconductors for the relevant fluorinated GHGs. The proposed
capacity-based thresholds are 1,000 m2 silicon for
semiconductors; 4,000 m2 silicon for MEMs; and 236,000 m2
LCD for LCDs. Table I-3 of this preamble shows the estimated emissions
and number of facilities that would report for each source under the
proposed capacity-based thresholds. PV is not shown in the table
because we are proposing an emissions threshold due to lack of information.

                                  Table I-3. Summary of Rule Applicability Under the Proposed Capacity-Based Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Total             Emissions covered              Facilities covered
                                       Capacity-based     Total national   emissions  of ---------------------------------------------------------------
         Emissions source                 threshold         facilities    source (metric    Metric tons
                                                                            tons CO2e)        CO2e/yr         Percent       Facilities        Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semi-conductors...................  1,080 silicon m2....             175       5,741,676       5,492,066              96              91              52
MEMs..............................  1,020 silicon m2....              12         146,115          96,164              66               2              17
LCD...............................  235,700 LCD m2......               9          23,632               0               0               0               0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 16498]]

    The proposed capacity-based thresholds are estimated to cover about
50 percent of semiconductor facilities and between 0 percent and 20
percent of the facilities manufacturing MEMs and LCDs. At the same
time, the thresholds are expected to cover nearly 96 percent of
fluorinated GHG emissions from semiconductor facilities, and 0 percent
and 66 percent of fluorinated GHG emissions from facilities
manufacturing LCDs and MEMs, respectively. Combined these emissions are
estimated to account for close to 94 percent of fluorinated GHG
emissions from electronics as a whole.
    We are proposing capacity-based thresholds for the electronics
industry, where possible, because electronics manufacturers may employ
emissions control equipment (e.g., thermal oxidizers, fluorinated GHG
capture recycle systems) to lower their fluorinated GHG emissions. In
addition, capacity-based thresholds would permit facilities to quickly
determine whether or not they must report under this rule.
    When abatement equipment is used, electronics manufacturers often
estimate their emissions using the manufacturer-published DRE for the
equipment. However, abatement equipment may fail to achieve its rated
DRE either because it is not being properly operated and maintained or
because the DRE itself was incorrectly measured due to a failure to
account for the effects of dilution. (For example, CF4 can
be off by as much as a factor of 20 to 50 and
C2F6 can be off by a factor of up to 10 because
of failure to properly account for dilution.) In either event, the
actual emissions from facilities employing abatement equipment may
exceed estimates based on the rated DREs of this equipment and may
therefore exceed the 25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold
without the knowledge of the facility operators. Measuring and
reporting emission control device performance is therefore important
for developing an accurate estimate of emissions. As discussed below,
we propose an emission estimation method that would account for
destruction by abatement equipment only if facilities verified the
performance of their abatement equipment using one of two methods. If
facilities choose not to verify the performance of their abatement
equipment, the estimation method would not account for any destruction
by the abatement device.
    For additional background information on the threshold analysis,
refer to the Electronics Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-009).
For specific information on costs, including unamortized first year
capital expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA
cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
a. Etching and Cleaning Emissions
    Fluorinated GHG Emissions. Under the proposed rule, large
semiconductor facilities (defined as facilities with annual capacities
of greater than 10,500 m\2\ silicon) would be required to estimate
their fluorinated GHG emissions from etching and cleaning using an
approach based on the IPCC Tier 3 method, and all other facilities
would be required to use an approach based on the IPCC Tier 2b method.
We have determined that large semiconductor facilities are already
using Tier 3 methods and/or have the necessary data readily available
either in-house or from suppliers to apply the highest tier method. The
difference between the proposed approaches and the IPCC methods is that
the proposed approaches include stricter requirements for quantifying
the gas destroyed by abatement equipment, as described below. None of
the IPCC methods require a standard protocol to estimate DREs of
abatement equipment. Given that the actual DRE of the abatement
equipment can be significantly smaller (by up to a factor of 50)
compared to the manufacturer rated DRE, we are proposing verification
of the DREs using a standard reporting protocol (Burton, 2007).
    Under the proposed rule, we estimate that 17 percent of all
semiconductor manufacturing facilities would be required to report
using an IPCC Tier 3 approach (equivalent to 29 facilities out of 175
total facilities) and that 56 percent of total semiconductor emissions
(equivalent 3.4 million metric tons CO2e out of a total 5.9
million metric tons CO2e emissions) would be reported using
the IPCC Tier 3 approach.
    Method for Large Facilities. The IPCC Tier 3 approach uses company-
specific data on (1) gas consumption, (2) gas utilization, (3) by-
product formation, and (4) DRE for all emission abatement processes at
the facility.
    Information on gas consumption by process is often gathered as
business as usual,\69\ and information on gas utilization, by-product
formation, and DRE for each process is readily available from tool
manufacturers and can also be experimentally measured on-site at the
facility. We propose that the DRE for abatement equipment be
experimentally measured using the protocol described below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ In the RIA for this rulemaking, we have conservatively
included the costs of gathering, consolidating, and checking
process-specific gas consumption information. However, we believe
that this information is already gathered in many cases for purposes
of internal process control and/or emissions reporting under EPA's
voluntary PFC Reduction Program for the Semiconductor Industry.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The guidance prepared by International SEMATECH Technology Transfer
#0612485A-ENG (December 2006) must be followed when preparing
gas utilization and by-product formation measurements. We have
determined that electronics manufacturers commonly track fluorinated
GHG consumption using flow metering systems calibrated to &plusmn;1
percent or better accuracy. Thus the equation for estimating emissions
does not account for cylinder heels. However, a facility may choose to
estimate consumption by weighing fluorinated GHG cylinders when placed
into and taken out of service, as is common practice by the magnesium industry.
    The use of the IPCC Tier 3 method and standard site-specific DRE
measurement would provide the most certain and practical emission
estimates for large facilities. The uncertainty associated with an IPCC
Tier 3 approach is lower than any of the other IPCC approaches, and is
on the order of &plusmn;30 percent at the 95 percent confidence
interval. We estimate that the Tier 3 approach would not impose a
significant burden on facilities because large semiconductor facilities
are already using Tier 3 methods and/or have the necessary data to do
so readily available, as noted above.
    Method for Other Semiconductor, LCD, MEMS, and PV Facilities. The
IPCC Tier 2b approach is based on gas consumption by process type
(i.e., etch or chamber clean) multiplied by default factors for
utilization, by-product formation, and destruction. We are proposing
that site-specific DRE measurements be used for quantifying the amount
of gas destroyed. The DRE measurements would be determined using the
protocol described below.
    The Tier 2b approach does not account for variation among
individual processes or tools and, therefore, the estimated emissions
have an uncertainty about twice as high as that of IPCC Tier 3
estimates. However, we have concluded that the IPCC Tier 3 method would
be unduly burdensome to the estimated 146 facilities with annual
production less than 10,500 m\2\ silicon. We estimate that the IPCC
Tier 2b approach would not impose a significant burden on facilities
because it requires only minimal fluorinated gas usage tracking by
major production process type. These production input

[[Page 16499]]

data are readily available at all U.S. manufacturing facilities.
    N2O Emissions. We are proposing that electronics manufacturers use
a simple mass-balance approach to estimate emissions of N2O
during etching and chamber cleaning. This methodology assumes
N2O is not converted or destroyed during etching or chamber
cleaning, due to lack of N2O utilization data. We request
comment on utilization factors for N2O during etching and
chamber cleaning, and any data on N2O by-product formation.
    Verification of DRE. For facilities that employ abatement devices
and wish to reflect the emission reductions due to these devices in
their emissions estimates, two methods are proposed for verifying the
DRE of the equipment. Either method may be followed.
    The first method would require facilities (or their equipment
suppliers) to test the DRE of the equipment using an industry standard
protocol, such as the one under development by EPA as part of the PFC
Reduction/Climate Partnership for Semiconductors (not yet published).
This draft protocol requires facilities to experimentally determine the
effective dilution through the abatement device and to measure
abatement DRE during actual or simulated process conditions. The second
method would require facilities to buy equipment that has been tested
by an independent third party (e.g., UL) using an industry standard
protocol such as the one under development by EPA. Under this approach,
manufacturers would pay the third party to select random samples of
each model and test them. Because testing would not need to be obtained
for every piece of equipment sold, this approach would probably be less
expensive than in-house testing by electronics manufacturers, but it
may not capture the full range of conditions under which the abatement
equipment would actually be used.
    We believe that the proposed DRE measurement method is generally
robust, but we are requesting comment on one aspect of that method. We
are concerned that the DREs measured and calculated for CF4
may vary depending on the mix of input gases used in the electronics
manufacturing process. The calculated DRE for CF4 may be
influenced by the formation of CF4 from other PFCs during
the destruction process itself, and different input gases have
different CF4 byproduct formation rates. This means that a
DRE for CF4 calculated using one set of input gases might
over- or under-estimate CF4 emissions when applied to
another set of input gases (or even the original set in different
proportions). We request comment on the likelihood and potential
severity of such errors and on how they might be avoided.
    Facilities pursuing either DRE verification method would also be
required to use the equipment within the manufacturer's specified
equipment lifetime, operate the equipment within manufacturer specified
limits for the gas mix and exhaust flow rate intended for fluorinated
GHG destruction, and maintain the equipment according to the
manufacturer's guidelines. We request comment on these proposed requirements.
b. Emissions of Heat Transfer Fluids
    We propose that electronics manufacturers use the IPCC Tier 2
approach, which is a mass-balance approach, to estimate the emissions
of each fluorinated heat transfer fluid. The IPCC Tier 2 approach uses
company-specific data and accounts for differences among facilities'
heat transfer fluids (which vary in their GWPs), leak rates, and
service practices. It has an uncertainty on the order of &plusmn;20
percent at the 95 percent confidence interval according to the 2006
IPCC Guidelines. The Tier 2 approach is preferable to the IPCC Tier 1
approach, which relies on a default emissions factor to estimate heat
transfer fluid emissions and has relatively high uncertainty compared
to the Tier 2 approach.
c. Review of Existing Reporting Programs and Methodologies
    We reviewed the PFC Reduction/Climate Partnership for the
Semiconductor Industry, U.S. GHG Inventory, 1605(b), EPA Climate
Leaders, WRI, TRI, and the World Semiconductor Council methods for
estimating etching and cleaning emissions. All of the methods draw from
both the 2000 and 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
    Etching and Cleaning. For etching and cleaning emissions, we
considered the 2006 IPCC Tier 1 and Tier 2a methods, as well as a Tier
2b/3 hybrid which would apply Tier 3 to the most heavily used
fluorinated GHGs in all facilities.
    The Tier 1 approach is based on the surface area of substrate
(e.g., silicon, LCD or PV-cell) produced during manufacture multiplied
by a default gas-specific emission factor. The advantages of the Tier 1
approach lie in its simplicity. However, this method does not account
for the differences among process types (i.e., etching versus
cleaning), individual processes, or tools, leading to uncertainties in
the default emission factors of up to 200 percent at the 95 percent
confidence interval.\70\ Facilities routinely monitor gas consumption
as part of business as usual, making it technically feasible to employ
a method of at least IPCC Tier 2a complexity or higher without
additional data collection efforts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \70\ This uncertainty refers only to semiconductors and LCDs.
Tier 1 emission factor uncertainty for PV was not estimated in the
2006 IPCC Guidelines.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Tier 2a approach is based on the gas consumption multiplied by
default factors for utilization, by-product formation, and destruction.
The Tier 2a approach is relatively simple, given that gas consumption
data is collected as part of business as usual. However, due to
variation in gas utilization between etching and cleaning processes,
the estimated emissions using Tier 2a have greater uncertainty than
Tier 2b estimated emissions.
    Tier 2b/3 hybrid approach involves requiring Tier 3 reporting for
all facilities, but only for the top three gases emitted at each
facility. For all other gases, the Tier 2b approach would be required.
The top three gases emitted, based on data in the Inventory of U.S. GHG
Emissions and Sinks, are C2F6, CF4,
and SF6 (EPA, 2008a). These top three gases accounted for
approximately 80 percent of total fluorinated GHG emissions from
semiconductor manufacturing during etching and chamber cleaning in
2006. The uncertainty associated with the Tier 2b/3 hybrid approach has
not been determined, but is estimated to be between the uncertainty for
a Tier 2b and Tier 3 approach.
    We did not select the Tier 1 and Tier 2a methods due to the greater
uncertainty inherent in these approaches. Although the Tier 2b/3 hybrid
approach would provide more accurate emissions estimates for small
facilities, we concluded that the Tier 2b method with site-specific DRE
measurements would provide sufficient accuracy without the additional
monitoring and recordkeeping requirements of the Tier 3 method.
    We propose collecting emissions data from MEMS manufacturers
meeting the threshold criterion although no IPCC default emission
factors exist for MEMs and the IPCC emission factors for semiconductor
and LCD manufacturing may not be reliable for MEMs. Therefore, we are
seeking information on emissions and emission factors for both MEMs and
LCD manufacturing.
    Heat Transfer Fluids. For heat transfer fluid emissions, we
reviewed both the IPCC Tier 1 and IPCC Tier 2 approaches. The Tier 1
approach for heat transfer fluid emissions is based on the

[[Page 16500]]

utilization capacity of the semiconductor facility multiplied by a
default emission factor. Although the Tier 1 approach has the
advantages of simplicity, it is less accurate than the Tier 2 approach
according to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    Where facility-specific process gas utilization rates and by-
product gas formation rates are missing, facilities can estimate
etching/cleaning emissions by applying defaults from the next lower
Tier (e.g., IPCC Tier 2b or Tier 2a) to estimate missing data. However,
facilities must limit their use of defaults from the next lower Tier to
less than 5 percent of their emissions estimate.
    Default values for estimating DRE would not be permitted. DRE
values must be estimated as zero in the absence of facility-specific
DREs that have been measured using a standard protocol. Gas consumption
is collected as business as usual and is not expected to be missing;
therefore, it would not be permitted to revert to the Tier 1 approach
for estimating emissions. When estimating heat transfer fluid emissions
during semiconductor manufacture, the use of the mass-balance approach
requires correct records for all inputs. Should the facility be missing
records for a given input, it may be possible that the heat transfer
fluid supplier has information in their records for the facility.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    Owners and operators would be required to report GHG emissions for
the facility, for all plasma etching processes, all chamber cleaning,
all chemical vapor deposition processes, and all heat tranfer fluid
use. Along with their emissions, facilities would be required to report
the following: Method used (i.e., 2b or 3), mass of each gas fed into
each process type, production capacity in terms of substrate surface
area (e.g., silicon, PV-cell, LCD), factors used for gas utilization,
by-product formation and their sources/uncertainties, emission control
technology DREs and their uncertainties, fraction of gas fed into each
process type with emissions, control technologies, description of
abatement controls, inputs in the mass-balance equation (for heat
transfer fluid emissions), example calculation, and emissions
uncertainty estimate.
    These data form the basis of the calculations and are needed for us
to understand the emissions data and verify the reasonableness of the
reported emissions.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    We propose that facilities keep records of the following: Data
actually used to estimate emissions, records supporting values used to
estimate emissions, the initial and any subsequent tests of the DRE of
oxidizers, the initial and any subsequent tests to determine emission
factors for process, and abatement device calibration/maintenance records.
    These records consist of values that are directly used to calculate
the emissions that are reported and are necessary to enable
verification that the GHG emissions monitoring and calculations are
done correctly.

J. Ethanol Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Ethanol is produced primarily for use as a fuel component, but is
also used in industrial applications and in the manufacture of beverage
alcohol. Ethanol can be produced from the fermentation of sugar,
starch, grain, and cellulosic biomass feedstocks, or produced
synthetically from ethylene or hydrogen and carbon monoxide.
    The sources of GHG emissions at ethanol production facilities that
must be reported under the proposed rule are stationary fuel
combustion, onsite landfills, and onsite wastewater treatment.
    Proposed requirements for stationary fuel combustion emissions are
set forth in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C.
    Proposed requirements for landfill emissions are set forth in
Section V.HH of this preamble. Data is unavailable on landfilling at
ethanol facilities, but it is our understanding that some of these
facilities may have landfills with significant CH4
emissions. For more information on landfills at industrial facilities,
please refer to the Ethanol Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-010).
EPA is seeking comment on available data sources for landfilling
practices at ethanol production facilities.
    The wastewater generated at ethanol production facilities is
handled in a variety of ways, with dry milling and wet milling
facilities generally treating wastewaters differently. In 2006,
CH4 emissions from wastewater treatment at ethanol
production facilities were 68,200 metric tons CO2e. Proposed
requirements for GHG emissions form wastewater treatment are set forth
in Section V.II of this preamble. For more information on wastewater
treatment at ethanol production facilities, please refer to the Ethanol
Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-010).
    As noted in Section IV.B of this preamble under the heading
``Reporting by fuel and industrial gas suppliers'', ethanol producers
and other suppliers of biomass-based fuel are not required to report
GHG emissions from their products under this proposal, and we seek
comment on this approach.
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    The proposed threshold for reporting emissions from ethanol
production facilities is 25,000 metric tons CO2e total
emissions from stationary fuel combustion, landfills, and onsite
wastewater treatment. Table J-1 of this preamble illustrates the
emissions and facilities that would be covered under various thresholds.

                                                  Table J-1. Threshold Analysis for Ethanol Production
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Emissions covered                   Facilities covered
           Threshold level                National emissions      Total number  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                mtCO2e            of facilities         mtCO2e/year                Percent            Number    Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000 mtCO2e.........................  Not estimated...........             140  Not estimated...........  Not estimated..........       >101        >72
10,000 mtCO2e........................  Not estimated...........             140  Not estimated...........  Not estimated..........        >94        >67
25,000 mtCO2e........................  Not estimated...........             140  Not estimated...........  Not estimated..........        >86        >61
100,000 mtCO2e.......................  Not estimated...........             140  Not estimated...........  Not estimated..........        >43        >31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Data were unavailable to estimate emissions from landfills at
ethanol refineries, or to estimate the combined wastewater treatment
and stationary fuel combustion emissions at facilities. Data on
stationary fuel combustion were used to estimate the minimum number of
facilities that would meet each of the facility-level thresholds
examined. The

[[Page 16501]]

25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold results in a reasonable
number of reporters, and is consistent with thresholds for other source
categories.
    For more information on this analysis, please refer to the Ethanol
Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-010). EPA is seeking comment on
the analysis and on alternative data sources for stationary combustion
at ethanol production facilities. For specific information on costs,
including unamortized first year capital expenditures, please refer to
section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
monitoring methods for general stationary fuel combustion sources,
landfills, and wastewater treatment occurring on-site at ethanol
production facilities.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
procedures for estimating missing data for general stationary fuel
combustion sources, landfills, and industrial wastewater treatment
occurring on-site at ethanol production facilities.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
reporting requirements for general stationary fuel combustion sources,
landfills, and industrial wastewater treatment occurring on-site at
ethanol production facilities. In addition, you would be required to
report the quantity of CO2e captured for use (if applicable)
and the end use, if known. For more information on reporting
requirements for CO2e capture, please refer to Section V.PP
of this preamble.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Maintained
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.GG of this preamble for
recordkeeping requirements for stationary fuel combustion, landfills,
and industrial wastewater treatment occurring on-site at ethanol
production facilities.

K. Ferroalloy Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    A ferroalloy is an alloy of iron with at least one other metal such
as chromium, silicon, molybdenum, manganese, or titanium. For this
proposed rule, we are defining the ferroalloy production source
category to consist of any facility that uses pyrometallurgical
techniques to produce any of the following metals: ferrochromium,
ferromanganese, ferromolybdenum, ferronickel, ferrosilicon,
ferrotitanium, ferrotungsten, ferrovanadium, silicomanganese, or
silicon metal. Ferroalloys are used extensively in the iron and steel
industry to impart distinctive qualities to stainless and other
specialty steels, and serve important functions during iron and steel
production cycles. Silicon metal is included in the ferroalloy metals
category due to the similarities between its production process and
that of ferrosilicon. Silicon metal is used in alloys of aluminum and
in the chemical industry as a raw material in silicon-based chemical
manufacturing.
    The basic process used at U.S. ferroalloy production facilities is
a batch process in which a measured mixture of metals, carbonaceous
reducing agents, and slag forming materials are melted and reduced in
an electric arc furnace. The carbonaceous reducing agents typically
used are coke or coal. Molten alloy tapped from the electric arc
furnace is casted into solid alloy slabs which are further mechanically
processed for sale as product or disposed in landfills.
    Ferroalloy production results in both combustion and process-
related GHG emissions. The major source of GHG emissions from a
ferroalloy production facility are the process-related emissions from
the electric arc furnace operations. These emissions, which consist
primarily of CO2e with smaller amounts of CH4,
result from the reduction of the metallic oxides and the consumption of
the graphite (carbon) electrodes during the batch process.
    Total nationwide GHG emissions from ferroalloy production
facilities operating in the U.S. were estimated to be approximately 2.3
million metric tons CO2e for the year 2006. Process-related
GHG emissions were 2.0 million metric tons CO2e (86 percent
of the total emissions). The remaining 0.3 million metric tons
CO2e (14 percent of the total emissions) were combustion GHG
emissions.
    Additional background information about GHG emissions from the
ferroalloy production source category is available in the Ferroalloy
Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-011).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    Ferroalloy production facilities in the U.S. vary in the specific
types of alloy products produced. In developing the threshold for
ferroalloy production facilities, we considered using annual GHG
emissions-based threshold levels of 1,000 metric tons CO2e,
10,000 metric tons CO2e, 25,000 metric tons CO2e
and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table K-1 of this preamble
presents the estimated emissions and number of facilities that would be
subject to GHG emissions reporting, based upon emission estimates using
production capacity data for the nine U.S. facilities that produce
either ferrosilicon, silicon metal, ferrochromium, ferromanganese, or
silicomanganese alloys. We were unable to obtain production data for an
estimated five additional facilities that produce ferromolybdenum and
ferrotitanium alloys.

                                           Table K-1. Threshold Analysis for Ferroalloy Production Facilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Total national                         Emissions covered             Facilities covered
                                                                emissions     Total number  ------------------------------------------------------------
           Threshold level (metric tons CO2e/yr)              (metric tons    of facilities    Metric tons
                                                                CO2e/yr)                         CO2e/yr         Percent         Number        Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000......................................................       2,343,990               9       2,343,990             100               9          100
10,000.....................................................       2,343,990               9       2,343,990             100               9          100
25,000.....................................................       2,343,990               9       2,343,990             100               9          100
100,000....................................................       2,343,990               9       2,276,639              97               8           89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table K-1 of this preamble shows that all nine of the facilities
would be required to report emissions at all thresholds except 100,000
metric tons CO2e, when considering combustion and process-
related emissions. The rule could be simplified for these facilities by
making the rule applicable to all ferroalloy production facilities.

[[Page 16502]]

However, because the threshold analysis did not include all of the
facilities in the ferroalloy source category that potentially could be
subject to the rule, we have decided that it is appropriate to include
a reporting threshold level. The proposed threshold selected for
reporting emissions from ferroalloy production facilities is 25,000
metric tons CO2e per year consistent with the threshold
level being proposed for other source categories. This threshold level
would avoid placing a reporting burden on any small specialty
ferroalloy production facility which may operate as a small business
while still requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from the
ferroalloy production facilities releasing most of the GHG emissions in
the source category. A full discussion of the threshold selection
analysis is available in the Ferroalloy Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508-011). For specific information on costs, including
unamortized first year capital expenditures, please refer to section 4
of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    We reviewed existing methodologies used by the 2006 IPCC Guidelines
for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Canadian Mandatory Greenhouse
Gas Reporting Program, the Australian National Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Program, and EU Emissions Trading System. In general, the methodologies
used for estimating process related GHG emissions at the facility level
coalesce around the following four options.
    Option 1. Apply a default emission factor to ferroalloy production.
This is a simplified emission calculation method using only default
emission factors to estimate process-related CO2 and
CH4 emissions. The method requires multiplying the amount of
each ferroalloy product type produced by the appropriate default
emission factors from the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
    Option 2. Perform a monthly carbon balance using measurements of
the carbon content of specific process inputs and process outputs and
the amounts of these materials consumed or produced during a specified
reporting period. This option is applicable to estimating only
CO2 emissions from an electric arc furnace, and is the IPCC
Tier 3 approach and the higher order methods in the Canadian and
Australian reporting programs. Implementation of this method requires
you to determine the carbon contents of carbonaceous material inputs to
and outputs from the electric arc furnaces. Facilities determine carbon
contents through analysis of representative samples of the material or
from information provided by the material suppliers. In addition, the
quantities of these materials consumed and produced during production
would be measured and recorded. To obtain the CO2 emissions
estimate, the average carbon content of each input and output material
is multiplied by the corresponding mass consumed and a conversion of
carbon to CO2. The difference between the calculated total
carbon input and the total carbon output is the estimated
CO2 emissions to the atmosphere. This method assumes that
all of the carbon is converted during the process. For estimating the
CH4 emissions from the electric arc furnace, selection of
this option for estimating CO2 emissions would still require
using the Option 1 approach of applying default emission factors to
estimate CH4 emissions.
    Option 3. Use CO2 emissions data from a stack test
performed using U.S. EPA test methods to develop a site-specific
process emissions factor which is then applied to quantity measurement
data of feed material or product for the specified reporting period.
This monitoring method is applicable to electric arc furnace
configurations for which the GHG emissions are contained within a stack
or vent. Using site-specific emissions factors based on short-term
stack testing is appropriate for those facilities where process inputs
(e.g., feed materials, carbonaceous reducing agents) and process
operating parameters remain relatively consistent over time.
    Option 4. Use direct emission testing of CO2 emissions.
For electric arc furnace configurations in which the process off-gases
are contained within a stack or vent, direct measurement of the
CO2 emissions can be made by continuously measuring the off-
gas stream CO2 concentration and flow rate using a CEMS.
Using a CEMS, the total CO2 emissions tabulated from the
recorded emissions measurement data would be reported annually. If a
ferroalloy production facility uses an open or semi-open electric arc
furnace for which the CO2 emissions are not fully captured
and contained within a stack or vent (i.e., a significant portion of
the CO2 emissions escape capture by the hood and are release
directly to the atmosphere), then another GHG emission estimation
method other than direct measurement would be more appropriate.
    Proposed Option. Under the proposed rule, if you are required to
use an existing CEMS to meet the requirements outlined in proposed 40
CFR part 98, subpart C, you would be required to use CEMS to estimate
CO2 emissions. Where the CEMS capture all combustion- and
process-related CO2 emissions you would be required to
follow the requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, to
estimate CO2 emissions from the industrial source. Also,
refer to proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate combustion-
related CH4 and N2O.
    For facilities that do not currently have CEMS that meet the
requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, or where
CEMS would not adequately account for process emissions, the proposed
monitoring method is Option 2. You would be required to follow the
requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate
emissions of CO2, CH4 and N2O from
stationary combustion. This section of the preamble provides procedures
only for calculating and reporting process-related emissions.
    Given the variability of the alloy products produced and
carbonaceous reducing agents used at U.S. ferroalloy production
facilities, we concluded that using facility-specific information under
Option 2 is preferred for estimating CO2 emissions from
electric arc furnaces. This method is consistent with IPCC Tier 3
methods and the preferred approaches for estimating emissions in the
Canadian and Australian mandatory reporting programs. We consider the
additional burden of the material measurements required for the carbon
balance small in relation to the increased accuracy expected from using
this site-specific information to calculate CO2 emissions.
    Emissions data collected under Option 3 would have the lowest
uncertainty, expected to be less than 5 percent. For Option 2, the
material-specific emission factors would be expected to be within 10
percent, which would provide less uncertainty overall than for Option
1, which may have uncertainty of 25 to 50 percent. The use of the
default CO2 emission factors under Option 1 would be more
appropriate for GHG estimates from aggregated process information on a
sector-wide or nationwide basis than for determining GHG emissions from
specific facilities.
    In comparison to the CO2 emissions levels from an
electric arc furnace, the CH4 emissions compose a small
fraction of the total GHG emissions from electric arc furnace
operations at a ferroalloy production facility. The proposed Option 2
above doesn't account for CH4. Considering the amount that
CH4 emissions contribute to the total GHG emissions and the
absence of facility-specific methods in other reporting systems, we are
proposing that facilities

[[Page 16503]]

use Option 1 and the IPCC default emission factors to estimate
CH4 emissions from electric arc furnaces at ferroalloy
production facilities. This method provides reasonable estimates of the
magnitude of the CH4 emissions from the units without the
need for owners or operator to conduct on-site CH4 emissions
measurements.
    We also decided against Option 3 because of the potential for
significant variations at ferroalloy production facilities in the
characteristics and quantities of the electric arc furnace inputs
(e.g., metal ores, carbonaceous reducing agents) and process operating
parameters. A method using periodic, short-term stack testing would not
be practical or appropriate for those ferroalloy production facilities
where the electric arc furnace inputs and operating parameters do not
remain relatively consistent over the reporting period.
    The various approaches to monitoring GHG emissions are elaborated
in the Ferroalloy Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-011).
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    In cases when an owner or operator calculates CO2 and
CH4 emissions using a carbon balance or an emission factor,
the proposed rule would require the use of substitute data whenever a
quality-assured value of a parameter that is used to calculate GHG
emissions is unavailable, or ``missing.'' If the carbon content
analysis of carbon inputs or outputs is missing or lost, the substitute
data value would be the average of the quality-assured values of the
parameter immediately before and immediately after the missing data
period. The likelihood for missing process input and output data is
low, as businesses closely track their purchase of production inputs.
In those cases when an owner or operator uses direct measurement by a
CO2 CEMS, the missing data procedures would be the same as
the Tier 4 requirements described for general stationary combustion
sources in Section V.C of this preamble.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    The proposed rule would require reporting of the total annual
CO2 and CH4 emissions for each electric arc
furnace at a ferroalloy production facility, as well as any stationary
fuel combustion emissions. In addition we propose that additional
information which forms the basis of the emissions estimates also be
reported so that we can understand and verify the reported emissions.
This additional information includes the total number of electric arc
furnaces operated at the facility, the facility ferroalloy product
production capacity, the annual facility production quantity for each
ferroalloy product, the number of facility operating hours in calendar
year, and quantities of carbon inputs and outputs if applicable. A
complete list of data to be reported is included in the proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subparts A and K.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    Maintaining records of the information used to determine the
reported GHG emissions are necessary to enable us to verify that the
GHG emissions monitoring and calculations were done correctly. We
propose that all affected facilities maintain records of product
production quantities, and number of facility operating hours each
month. If you use the carbon balance procedure, you would record for
each carbon-containing input material consumed or used and output
material produced the monthly material quantity, monthly average carbon
content determined for material, and records of the supplier provided
information or analyses used for the determination. If you use the CEMS
procedure, you would maintain the CEMS measurement records.

L. Fluorinated GHG Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    This source category covers emissions of fluorinated GHGs that
occur during the production of HFCs, PFCs, SF6,
NF3, and other fluorinated GHGs such as fluorinated ethers.
Specifically, it covers emissions that are never counted as ``mass
produced'' under the proposed requirements for suppliers of industrial
GHGs discussed in Section OO of this preamble. These emissions include
fluorinated GHG products that are emitted upstream of the production
measurement and fluorinated GHG byproducts that are generated and
emitted either without or despite recapture or destruction.\71\ These
emissions exclude generation and emissions of HFC-23 during the
production of HCFC-22, which are discussed in Section O of this preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ Byproducts that are emitted or destroyed at the production
facility are excluded from the proposed definition of ``produce a
fluorinated GHG.'' Any HFC-23 generated during the production of
HCFC-22 is also excluded from this definition, even if the HFC-23 is
recaptured. However, other fluorinated GHG byproducts that are
recaptured for any reason would be considered to be ``produced.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Emissions can occur from leaks at flanges and connections in the
production line, during separation of byproducts and products, during
occasional service work on the production equipment, and during the
filling of tanks or other containers that are distributed by the
producer (e.g., on trucks and railcars). Fluorinated GHG emissions from
U.S. facilities producing fluorinated GHGs are estimated to range from
0.8 percent to 2 percent of the amount of fluorinated GHGs produced,
depending on the facility.
    In 2006, 12 U.S. facilities produced over 350 million metric tons
CO2e of HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and NF3.
These facilities are estimated to have emitted approximately 5.3
million metric tons CO2e of HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and
NF3, based on an emission rate of 1.5 percent. We estimate
that an additional 6 facilities produced approximately 1 million metric
tons CO2e of fluorinated anesthetics. At an emission rate of
1.5 percent, these facilities would emit approximately 15,000 metric
tons CO2e of these anesthetics.
    The production of fluorinated gases causes both combustion and
fluorinated GHG emissions. Fluorinated GHG production facilities would
be required to follow the requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart C to estimate emissions of CO2, CH4 and
N2O from stationary fuel combustion. In addition, these
facilities would be required to report their production of industrial
GHGs under proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart OO. This section of the
preamble discusses only the procedures for calculating and reporting
emissions of fluorinated GHGs.
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    We propose that owners and operators of facilities estimate and
report fluorinated GHG and combustion emissions if those emissions
together exceed 25,000 metric tons CO2e.
    In developing the threshold, we considered emissions thresholds of
1,000 metric tons CO2e, 10,000 metric tons CO2e,
25,000 metric tons CO2e and 100,000 metric tons
CO2e and their capacity equivalents. Facility-specific
emissions were estimated by multiplying an emission factor of 1.5
percent by the estimated production at each facility. The capacity
thresholds were developed based on emissions of fluorinated GHGs,
assuming full capacity utilization and an emission rate of 2 percent of
production. Because EPA had little information on combustion-related
emissions at fluorinated GHG production facilities, these emissions
were not incorporated into the capacity thresholds or the threshold
analysis. Table L-1 of this preamble illustrates the HFC, PFC,
SF6, and NF3 emissions

[[Page 16504]]

and facilities that would be covered under these various thresholds.

                         Table L-1. Threshold Analysis for Fluorinated GHG Emissions From Production of HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and NF3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Total                             Emissions covered              Facilities covered
                                                             national                    ---------------------------------------------------------------
          Threshold level (metric tons CO2e/r)               emissions       Number of
                                                           (metric tons     facilities      Metric tons       Percent         Number          Percent
                                                               CO2e)                           CO2e
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emission-Based Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000...................................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
10,000..................................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
25,000..................................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
100,000.................................................       5,300,000              12       5,100,000              97               9              75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Production Capacity-Based Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50,000..................................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
500,000.................................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
1,250,000...............................................       5,300,000              12       5,300,000             100              12             100
5,000,000...............................................       5,300,000              12       5,200,000              98              10              83
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As can be seen from the tables, most HFC, PFC, SF6, and
NF3 production facilities would be covered by all emission-
and capacity-based thresholds. Although we do not have facility-
specific production information for producers of fluorinated
anesthetics, we believe that few or none of these facilities are likely
to have emissions above the proposed threshold.
    EPA requests comment on whether it should adopt a capacity-based
threshold for this sector, and if so, what fluorinated GHG and
combustion-related emission rates should be used to develop this
threshold. Where EPA has reasonably good information on the
relationship between production capacity and emissions, and where this
relationship does not vary excessively from facility to facility, EPA
is generally proposing capacity-based thresholds to make it easy for
facilities to determine whether or not they must report. In this case,
however, EPA has little data on combustion emissions and their likely
magnitude compared to fluorinated GHG emissions from this source.
    As noted above, the capacity thresholds in Table L-1 of this
preamble were developed based on a fluorinated GHG emission rate of 2
percent of production. While EPA believes that this emission rate is an
upper-bound for fluorinated GHGs, neither the rate nor the thresholds
account for combustion-related emissions. Thus, it is possible that the
production capacities listed in Table L-1 of this preamble are
inappropriately high.
    In the event that a capacity-based threshold were adopted,
facilities would be required to multiply the production capacity of
each production line by the GWP of the fluorinated GHG produced on that
line. Facilities would then be required to sum the resulting
CO2e capacities across all lines. Where more than one
fluorinated GHG could be produced by a production line, yielding more
than one possible production capacity for that line in CO2e
terms, facilities would be required to use the highest possible
production capacity (in CO2e terms) in their threshold calculations.
    A full discussion of the threshold selection analysis is available
in the Fluorinated GHG Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-012). For
specific information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    In developing this proposed rule, we reviewed a number of protocols
for estimating fluorinated GHG emissions from fluorocarbon production,
such as the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. In general, these protocols present
three methods. In the first approach, a default emission factor is
applied to the total production of the plant. In the second approach,
fluorinated GHG emissions are equated to the difference between the
mass of reactants fed into the process and the sum of the masses of the
main product and those of any by-products and/or wastes. In the third
approach, the composition and mass flow rate of the gas streams
actually vented to the atmosphere are monitored either continuously or
during a period long enough to establish an emission factor.
    If you produce fluorinated GHGs, we are proposing that you monitor
fluorinated GHG emissions using the second approach, known as the mass-
balance or yield approach. There are two variants of the mass-balance
approach. In the first variant, only some of the reactants and
products, including the fluorinated GHG product, are considered. In the
second variant, all of the reactants, products, and by-products are
considered. Both variants are discussed in more detail in the
Fluorinated GHG Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-012).
    We are proposing that you monitor emissions using the first
variant. In this approach, you would calculate the difference between
the expected production of each fluorinated GHG based on the
consumption of reactants and the measured production of that
fluorinated GHG, accounting for yield losses related to byproducts
(including intermediates permanently removed from the process) and
wastes. Yield losses that could not be accounted for would be
attributed to emissions of the fluorinated GHG product. This
calculation would be performed for each reactant, and estimated
emissions of the fluorinated GHG product would be equated to the
average of the results obtained for each reactant. If fluorinated GHG
byproducts were produced and were not completely recaptured or
completely destroyed, you would also estimate emissions of each
fluorinated GHG byproduct.
    To carry out this approach, you would daily weigh or meter each
reactant fed into the process, the primary fluorinated GHG produced by
the process, any reactants permanently removed from the

[[Page 16505]]

process (i.e., sent to the thermal oxidizer or other equipment, not
immediately recycled back into the process), any byproducts generated,
and any streams that contain the product or byproducts and that are
recaptured or destroyed. For these measurements you would be required
to use scales and/or flowmeters with an accuracy and precision of 0.2
percent of full scale. If monitored process streams included more than
one component (product, byproducts, or other materials) in more than
trace concentrations,\72\ you would be required to monitor
concentrations of products and byproducts in these streams at least
daily using equipment and methods (e.g., gas chromatography) with an
accuracy and precision of 5 percent or better at the concentrations of
the process samples. Finally, you would be required to perform daily
mass balance calculations for each product produced.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \72\ EPA is proposing to define ``trace concentration'' as any
concentration less than 0.1 percent by mass of the process stream.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In general, we understand that production facilities already
perform these measurements and calculations to the proposed level of
accuracy and precision in order to monitor their processes and yields.
However, we request comment on this issue. We specifically request
comment on the proposed scope and frequency of process stream
concentration measurements. As noted above, concentration measurements
would be triggered when products or byproducts occur in more than trace
concentrations with other components in process streams (which include
waste streams). However, it is possible that products or byproducts
could occur in more than trace concentrations but still result in
negligible yield losses (e.g., less than 0.2 percent). In this case,
ignoring these losses may not significantly affect the accuracy of the
overall GHG emission estimate. (This issue is discussed in more detail
in the Fluorinated GHG Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-012).)
Similarly, decreasing the frequency of stream sampling may not have a
significant impact on accuracy or precision if previous monitoring has
shown that the concentrations of products and byproducts in process
streams are stable or vary in a predictable and quantifiable way (e.g.,
seasonally due to differences in condenser cooling water temperature).
    EPA recognizes that the proposed mass-balance approach would assume
that all yield losses that are not accounted for are attributable to
emissions of the fluorinated GHG product. In some cases, the losses may
be untracked emissions or other losses of reactants or fluorinated by-
products. In general, EPA understands that reactant flows are measured
at the inlet to the reactor; thus, any losses of reactant that occur
between the point of measurement and the reactor are likely to be
small. However, reactants that are recovered from the process, whether
they are recycled back into it or removed permanently, may experience
some losses that the proposed method does not account for. EPA requests
comment on the extent to which such losses occur, and how these might
be measured.
    Fluorocarbon by-products, according to the IPCC Guidelines,
generally have ``radiative forcing properties similar to those of the
desired fluorochemical.'' If this is always the case (with the
exception of HFC-23 generated during production of HCFC-22, which is
addressed in Section V.O of this preamble), then assuming by-product
emissions are product emissions would not lead to large errors in
estimating overall fluorinated GHG emissions. If the GWPs of emitted
fluorinated by-products are sometimes significantly different from
those of the fluorinated GHG product, and if the quantity of by-product
emitted can be estimated (e.g., based on periodic or past sampling of
process streams), then the quantity of emitted product could be
adjusted to reflect this. EPA requests comment on whether it is
necessary or practical to distinguish between emissions of fluorinated
GHG products and emissions of fluorinated by-products, and if so, on
the best approach for doing so.
    We also request comment on the proposed accuracy and precision
requirements for flowmeters and scales. If a waste or by-product stream
is significantly smaller than the reactant and product streams, a less
precise measurement of this stream (e.g., 0.5 percent) may not have a
large impact on the precision of the fluorinated GHG emission estimate
and may therefore be acceptable. Similarly, if a measurement is
repeated multiple times over the course of the reporting period, the
precision of individual measurements could be relaxed without seriously
compromising the precision of the monthly or annual estimates. One way
of adding flexibility to the precision requirements would be to require
that the error of the fluorinated GHG emissions estimate be no greater
than some fraction of the yield, e.g., 0.3 percent, on a monthly basis.
Facilities could achieve this level of precision however they chose. We
request comment on this issue and on the accuracy, precision, and cost
of the proposed approach as a whole.
    Analysis of Alternative Methods. EPA is not proposing the approach
using the default emission factor. While this approach is simple, it is
also highly imprecise; emissions in U.S. plants are estimated to vary
from 0.8 percent to 2 percent of production, more than a factor of
two.\73\ Thus, applying a default factor (1.5 percent, for example) is
likely to significantly overestimate emissions at some plants while
significantly underestimating them at others.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ Fluorinated GHG Production TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    EPA is not proposing the second variant of the mass-balance
approach. This variant is implemented by comparing the total mass of
reactants to the total mass of monitored products and byproducts,
without regard for chemical identity. The drawbacks of this variant are
that it is not the method currently used by facilities to track their
production, and it would count losses of non-GHG products (e.g., HCl)
as GHG emissions. EPA requests comment on this understanding and on the
potential usefulness and accuracy of the second variant of the mass-
balance approach for estimating fluorinated GHG emissions.
    EPA is not proposing the third approach because it is our
understanding that facilities do not routinely monitor their process
vents, and therefore such monitoring is likely to be more expensive
than the proposed mass-balance approach. However, the cost of
monitoring may not be prohibitive, particularly if it is performed for
a relatively short period of time for the purpose of developing an
emission factor, similar to the approach for estimating smelter-
specific slope coefficients for aluminum production.\74\ Moreover, if
the vent monitoring approach reduces the uncertainty of the emissions
measurement by even 10 percent relative to the mass-balance approach,
this would reduce the absolute uncertainty at the typical production
facility by 40,000 metric tons CO2e. (The extent to which
uncertainty would be reduced would depend in part on the sensitivity and

[[Page 16506]]

precision of the vent concentration measurements.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ Conversations with representatives of fluorocarbon
producers indicate that robust emission factors could often be
developed by monitoring emissions (and a related parameter, such as
production) for one month under representative operating conditions.
Where emissions vary seasonally (e.g., due to changes in condenser
cooling water temperature), two separate monitoring periods of one
month each would often suffice. However, the length and frequency of
monitoring would depend on the variability of the process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For completeness, monitoring of process vents would need to be
supplemented by monitoring of equipment leaks, whose emissions would
not occur through process vents. To capture emissions from equipment
leaks, we could require use of EPA Method 21 and the Protocol for
Equipment Leak Estimates (EPA-453/R-95-017). The Protocol includes four
methods for estimating equipment leaks. These are, from least to most
accurate, the Average Emission Factor Approach, the Screening Ranges
Approach, EPA Correlation Approach, and the Unit-Specific Correlation
Approach. Most recent EPA leak detection and repair regulations require
use of one of the Correlation Approaches in the Protocol. To use any
approach other than the Average Emission Factor Approach, you would
need to have (or develop) Response Factors relating concentrations of
the target fluorinated GHG to concentrations of the gas with which the
leak detector was calibrated. We understand that at least two
fluorocarbon producers currently use methods in the Protocol to
quantify their emissions of fluorinated GHGs with different levels of
accuracy and precision.\75\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \75\ One producer estimates HFC and other fluorocarbon emissions
by using the Average Emission Factor Approach. This approach simply
assigns an average emission factor to each component without any
evaluation of whether or how much that component is actually
leaking. The second producer estimates emissions using the Screening
Ranges Approach, which assigns different emission factors to
components based on whether the concentrations of the target
chemical are above or below 10,000 ppmv. This producer has developed
a Response Factor for HCFC-22, which is present in the same streams
as the HFC-23 whose leaks are being estimated. (HFC-23 emissions are
discussed in Section O of this preamble.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We request comment on the accuracies and costs of the approaches in
the Protocol as they would be applied to fluorinated GHG production. We
also request comment on the significance of equipment leaks compared to
process vents as a source of fluorinated GHG emissions.
    In addition, we request comment on whether we should require the
vent monitoring approach, what sensitivity and precision would be
appropriate for the vent concentration measurements, and on the
increase in cost and improvements in accuracy and precision that would
be associated with this approach relative to the proposed approach.
    Emissions from Evacuation of Returned Containers. We request
comment on whether you should be required to measure and report
fluorinated GHG emissions associated with the evacuation of cylinders
or other containers that are returned to the facility containing either
residual GHGs (heels) or GHGs that would be reclaimed or destroyed. We
are not proposing to require reporting of these emissions because they
are not associated with new production; instead, they are downstream
emissions associated with earlier production.\76\ Requiring reporting
of these emissions could therefore lead to double-counting.\77\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \76\ Emissions from the filling or refilling of containers with
new product may or may not be covered by proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart L, depending on where production is measured. If production
is measured upstream of filling, then the emissions would not be
covered by proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart L. If production is
measured downstream of filling, then the emissions would be covered
by subpart L.
    \77\ However, this double-counting could be avoided if the
emissions from returned cylinders were clearly distinguished from
other production facility emissions in the emissions report.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Nevertheless, according to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the overall
emission rate of a production facility can increase by nearly an order
of magnitude (up to 8 percent) if the residual GHG remaining in the
cylinders is vented to the atmosphere. One method of tracking such
emissions would be to subtract the quantities of GHG reclaimed
(purified) and sold or otherwise sent back to users from the quantities
of residual and used GHGs returned to the facility in cylinders by
users. This approach would be similar to the mass-balance approach
proposed for estimating SF6 emissions from users and
manufacturers of electrical equipment.
    Emissions of Fluorinated GHGs Associated with Production of ODS. We
request comment on whether you should be required to report emissions
of fluorinated GHGs associated with production of ODS (other than
emissions of HFC-23 associated with production of HCFC-22, which are
discussed in Section O of this preamble). These emissions would be by-
product emissions, for example of HFCs, since the definition of
fluorinated GHGs excludes ODS. We specifically request comment on the
likely magnitude of these emissions, both in absolute terms and
relative to fluorinated GHG emissions from fluorinated GHG production.
We believe that these emissions may occur due to the chemical
similarities between HFCs, HCFCs, and CFCs and the common use of
halogen replacement chemistry to produce them. Although production of
HCFCs and CFCs is limited under the regulations implementing Title VI
of the CAA, production of these substances for use as feedstocks is
permitted to continue indefinitely.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    In the event that a scale or flowmeter normally used to measure
reactants, products, by-products, or wastes fails to meet an accuracy
or precision test, malfunctions, or is rendered inoperable, we are
proposing that facilities be required to estimate these quantities
using other measurements where these data are available. For example,
facilities that ordinarily measure production by metering the flow into
the day tank could use the weight of product charged into shipping
containers for sale and distribution as a substitute. It is our
understanding that the types of flowmeters and scales used to measure
fluorocarbon production (e.g., Coriolis meters) are generally quite
reliable, and therefore that it should rarely be necessary to rely
solely on secondary production measurements. In general, production
facilities rely on accurate monitoring and reporting of the inputs and
outputs of the production process.
    If concentration measurements are unavailable for some period, we
are proposing that the facility use the average of the concentration
measurements from just before and just after the period of missing data.
    There is one proposed exception to these requirements: If either
method would result in a significant under- or overestimate of the
missing parameter, then the facility would be required to develop an
alternative estimate of the parameter and explain why and how it
developed that estimate.
    We request comment on these proposed methods for estimating missing data.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    Under the proposed rule, owners and operators of facilities
producing fluorinated GHGs would be required to report both their
fluorinated GHG emissions and the quantities used to estimate them,
including the masses of the reactants, products, by-products, and
wastes, and, if applicable, the quantities of any product in the by-
products and/or wastes (if that product is emitted at the facility). We
are proposing that owners and operators report annual totals of these
quantities.
    Where fluorinated GHG production facilities have estimated missing
data, you would be required to report the reason the data were missing,
the length of time the data were missing, the method used to estimate
the missing

[[Page 16507]]

data, and the estimates of those data. Where the missing data was
estimated by a method other than one of those specified, the owner or
operator would be required to report why the specified method would
lead to a significant under- or overestimate of the parameter(s) and
the rationale for the methods used to estimate the missing data.
    We propose that facilities report these data because the data are
necessary to verify facilities' calculations of fluorinated GHG
emissions. We request comment on these proposed reporting requirements.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    Under the proposed rule, owners and operators of facilities
producing fluorinated GHGs would be required to retain records
documenting the data reported, including records of daily and monthly
mass-balance calculations and calibration records for flowmeters,
scales, and gas chromatographs. These records are necessary to verify
that the GHG emissions monitoring and calculations were performed correctly.

M. Food Processing

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Food processing facilities prepare raw ingredients for consumption
by animals or humans. Many facilities in the meat and poultry, and
fruit, vegetable, and juice processing industries have on-site
wastewater treatment. This can include the use of anaerobic and aerobic
lagoons, screening, fat traps and dissolved air flotation. These
facilities can also include onsite landfills for waste disposal. In
2006, CH4 emissions from wastewater treatment at food
processing facilities were 3.7 million metric tons CO2e, and
CH4 emissions from onsite landfills were 7.2 million metric
tons CO2e. Data are not available to estimate stationary
fuel combustion-related GHG emissions at food processing facilities.
    Proposed requirements for stationary fuel combustion emissions are
set forth in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C.
    Wastewater GHG emissions are described and considered in Section
V.II of this preamble. For more information on wastewater treatment at
food processing facilities, please refer to the Food Processing TSD
(EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-013).
    Landfill GHG emissions are described and considered in Section V.HH
of this preamble. For more information on landfills at food processing
facilities, please refer to the Landfills TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-034).
    The sources of GHG emissions at food processing facilities that
must be reported under the proposed rule are stationary fuel
combustion, onsite landfills and onsite wastewater treatment.
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    We considered using annual GHG emissions-based threshold levels of
1,000 metric tons CO2e, 10,000 metric tons CO2e,
25,000 metric tons CO2e and 100,000 metric tons
CO2e for food processing facilities. The proposed threshold
for reporting emissions from food processing facilities is 25,000
metric tons CO2e total emissions from combined stationary
fuel combustion, on-site landfills, and on-site wastewater treatment.
Table M-1 of this preamble illustrates the emissions and facilities
that would be covered under these various thresholds.

                                              Table M-1. Threshold Analysis for Food Processing Facilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Emissions covered              Facilities covered
                                                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                        Threshold                            National          Total        Metric tons
                                                                                             CO2e/year        Percent         Number          Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000 mtCO2e............................................              NE           5,719              NE              NE             802            14.0
10,000 mtCO2e...........................................              NE           5,719              NE              NE             170             3.0
25,000 mtCO2e...........................................              NE           5,719              NE              NE             100             1.7
100,000 mtCO2e..........................................              NE           5,719              NE              NE              10            0.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NE = Not Estimated.

    Data were unavailable at the time of this analysis to estimate
stationary combustion emissions onsite, or the co-location of landfills
and wastewater treatment at food processing faculties. Facility
coverage based on onsite wastewater GHG emissions and landfill GHG
emissions was estimated as described in the Wastewater Treatment TSD
and Landfills TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-035) and (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-
034). We estimate that at the 25,000 metric tons CO2e
threshold, a small percentage of facilities are covered by this rule,
resulting in potentially a large percentage of emissions data reporting
from this significant emissions source but avoiding small facilities.
    For specific information on costs, including unamortized first year
capital expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA
cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
monitoring methods for general stationary fuel combustion sources,
landfills, and wastewater treatment, respectively, occurring on-site at
food production facilities.
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
procedures for estimating missing data for general stationary fuel
combustion sources, landfills, and wastewater treatment, respectively,
occurring on-site at food processing facilities.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
reporting requirements for general stationary fuel combustion,
landfills, and wastewater treatment, respectively, occurring on-site at
food processing facilities. In addition, you would be required to
report the quantity of CO2 captured for use (if applicable)
and the end use, if known.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Maintained
    Refer to Sections V.C, V.HH, and V.II of this preamble for
recordkeeping requirements for general stationary fuel combustion
sources, landfills, and wastewater treatment, respectively, occurring
on-site at food processing facilities.

N. Glass Production

1. Definition of the Source Category
    Glass is a common commercial item that is produced by melting a mixture of

[[Page 16508]]

minerals and other substances, then cooling the molten materials in a
manner that prevents crystallization. Glass is typically classified as
container glass, flat (or window) glass, or pressed and blown glass.
Pressed and blown glass includes textile fiberglass, which is used
primarily as a reinforcement material in a variety of products, as well
as other types of glass. Wool fiberglass, which is commonly used for
insulation, is generally classified separately from textile fiberglass
and other pressed and blown glass. However, for the purposes of GHG
reporting, wool fiberglass production is included in the glass
manufacturing source category.
    Glass can be produced using a variety of raw material formulations.
Most commercial glass is made using a soda-lime glass formulation,
which consists of silica (SiO2), soda (Na2O), and
lime (CaO), with small amounts of alumina
(Al2O3), magnesia (MgO), and other minor
ingredients. Several specialty glasses, including fiberglass, are made
using borosilicate or aluminoborosilicate recipes, which can consist
primarily of silica and boric oxides, along with varying amounts of
soda, lime, alumina, and other minor ingredients. Other formulations
used in the production of specialty glasses include aluminosilicate and
lead silicate formulations.
    Major carbonates used in the production of glass are limestone
(CaCO3), dolomite (CaMg(CO3)2), and
soda ash (Na2CO3). The use of these carbonates in
the furnace during glass manufacturing results in a complex high-
temperature reaction that leads to process-related GHG emissions. Glass
manufacturers may also use recycled scrap glass (cullet) in the
production of glass, thereby reducing the carbonate input to the
process and resulting GHG emissions.
    National emissions from glass manufacturing were estimated to be
4.43 million metric tons CO2e (0.1 percent of U.S. GHG
emissions) in 2005. These emissions include both process-related
emissions (CO2) and on-site stationary combustion emissions
(CO2, CH4, and N2O) from 374 glass
manufacturing facilities across the U.S. and Puerto Rico. Process-
related emissions account for 1.65 million metric tons CO2,
or 37 percent of the total, while on-site stationary combustion sources
account for the remaining 2.78 million metric tons CO2e emissions.
    For additional background information on glass manufacturing, refer
to the Glass Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-014).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    In developing the threshold for glass manufacturing, we considered
an emissions-based threshold of 1,000 metric tons CO2e,
10,000 metric tons CO2e, 25,000 metric tons CO2e,
and 100,000 metric tons CO2e. Table N-1 of this preamble
summarizes the emissions and number of facilities that would be covered
under these various thresholds.

                                                  Table N-1. Threshold Analysis for Glass Manufacturing
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Total national                         Emissions covered              Facilities covered
                                                             emissions     Total number  ---------------------------------------------------------------
          Threshold level  metric tons CO2e/yr              metric tons    of facilities    Metric tons
                                                              CO2e/yr                         CO2e/yr         Percent         Number          Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000...................................................       4,425,269             374       4,336,892              98             217              58
10,000..................................................       4,425,269             374       4,012,319              91             158              42
25,000..................................................       4,425,269             374       2,243,583              51              55              15
100,000.................................................       4,425,269             374         207,535               5               1             0.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The glass manufacturing industry is heterogeneous in terms of the
types of facilities. There are some relatively large, emissions-
intensive facilities, but small artisan shops are common as well. For
example, at a 1,000 metric tons CO2e threshold, 98 percent
of emissions would be covered, with only 58 percent of facilities being
required to report.
    The proposed threshold for reporting emissions from glass
manufacturing is 25,000 metric tons CO2e. We are proposing a
25,000 metric tons CO2e threshold to reduce the compliance
burden on small businesses, while still including half of the GHG
emissions from the industry. In comparison to the 100,000 metric tons
CO2e threshold, the 25,000 metric tons CO2e
threshold achieves reporting of 11 times more emissions while requiring
less than 15 percent of the facilities to report. Compared to the
10,000 metric tons CO2e threshold, the 25,000 metric tons
CO2e threshold captures more than half of those emissions,
but only requires a third of the number of reporters. We consider this
a significant coverage of the emissions, while impacting a relatively
small portion of the industry.
    For a full discussion of the threshold analysis, please refer to
the Glass Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-014). For specific
information on costs, including unamortized first year capital
expenditures, please refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
    Many of the domestic and international GHG monitoring guidelines
and protocols include methodologies for estimating process-related
CO2 emissions from glass manufacturing (e.g., the 2006 IPCC
Guidelines, U.S. Inventory, the Technical Guidelines for the DOE
1605(b), and the EU Emissions Trading System). These methodologies
coalesce around four different options. Two options are output-based
(production-based): One applies appropriate emission factors to the
type of glass produced, and the other applies a default emission factor
to total glass production. A third option is based on measuring the
carbonate input to the furnace. The final option uses direct
measurement to estimate emissions.
    Option 1. The first production-based option we considered applies a
default emission factor to the total quantity of all glass produced,
correcting for the amount of cullet supplied to the process.
    Option 2. The second production-based approach we considered
applies default emission factors to each of the types of glass produced
at the facility (e.g., container, flat, pressed and blown, and fiberglass).
    Option 3. The carbonate-input approach calculates emissions based
on actual input data and the mass fractions of the carbonates that are
volatilized and emitted as CO2. More specifically, this
option considers the type, quantity, and mass fraction of carbonate
inputs to the furnace and develops a facility-specific emission factor.
    Option 4. This approach directly measures emissions using a CEMS.
CEMS can be used to measure both combustion-related and process-related
CO2 emissions from glass melting

[[Page 16509]]

furnaces. These emissions generally are exhausted through a common
furnace stack. Therefore, separate CEMS would not be needed to quantify
both types of emissions from glass melting furnaces.
    Proposed Option. Under the proposed rule, if you are required to
use an existing CEMS to meet the requirements outlined in proposed 40
CFR part 98, subpart C, you would be required to use CEMS to estimate
CO2 emissions. Where the CEMS capture all combustion- and
process-related CO2 emissions, you would be required to
follow the requirements of proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to
estimate CO2 emissions from the industrial source.
    For facilities that do not currently have CEMS that meet the
requirements outlined in proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C, or where
the CEMS would not adequately account for process emissions, the
proposed monitoring method would require estimating combustion
emissions and process emissions separately. For combustion emissions,
you would be required to follow the requirements of proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subpart C to estimate emissions of CO2,
CH4 and N2O from stationary combustion. For
process emissions, the carbonate input approach (Option 3) is proposed.
This section of the preamble provides only those procedures for
calculating and reporting process-related emissions.
    To estimate process CO2 emissions from glass melting
furnaces, we propose that facilities measure the type, quantity, and
mass fraction of carbonate inputs to each furnace and apply the
appropriate emission factors for the carbonates consumed. This method
for determining process emissions is consistent with the IPCC Tier 3 method.
    The proposed rule distinguishes between carbonate-based minerals
and carbonate-based raw materials used in glass production. Carbonate-
based raw materials are fired in the furnace during glass
manufacturing. These raw materials are typically limestone, which is
primarily CaCO3; dolomite, which is primarily
CaMg(CO3)CO2; and soda ash, which is primarily
NaCO2CO3. Because it is the calcination of the
mineral fraction of the raw material (e.g., CaCO3 fraction
in limestone) that leads to CO2 emissions, the purity of the
limestone or other carbonate input is important for emissions estimation.
    In order to assess the composition of the carbonate input, we
propose that facilities use data from the raw material supplier to
determine the carbonate-based mineral mass fraction of the carbonate-
based raw materials charged to an affected glass melting furnace. As an
alternative to using data provided by the supplier, facilities can
assume a value of 1.0 for the mass fraction of the carbonate-based
mineral in the carbonate-based raw material. We also propose that
emissions are estimated under the assumption that 100 percent of the
carbon in the carbonate-based raw materials is volatilized and released
from the furnace as CO2. Using the carbonate-based mineral
mass fractions, the carbonate-based raw material feed rates, and the
emission factors, the mass emissions of CO2 emitted from a
glass melting furnace can be determined.
    Using values of 1.0 for the carbonate-based mineral mass fractions
is based on the assumption that the raw materials consist of 100
percent of the respective carbonate-based mineral (i.e., the limestone
charged to the furnace consists of 100 percent CaCO3, the
dolomite charged consists of 100 percent
CaMg(CO3)2, and the soda ash consists of 100
percent Na3CO3). Using this assumption generally
overestimates CO2 emissions. However, given the relative
purity of the raw materials used to produce glass, this method provides
accurate estimates of process CO2 emissions from glass
melting furnaces, while avoiding the costs associated with sampling and
analysis of the raw materials.
    We have concluded that the carbonate input method specified in the
proposed option is more certain as it involves measuring the
consumption of each carbonate material charged to a glass melting
furnace. According to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the uncertainty
involved in the proposed carbonate input approach is 1 to 3 percent; in
contrast, the uncertainty with using the default emission factor and
cullet ratio for the production-based approach is 60 percent.
    We considered use of a CO2 CEMS which does tend to
provide the most accurate CO2 emissions measurements and can
measure both the combustion- and process-related CO2
emissions. However, given the limited variability in the process inputs
and outputs contributing to emissions from glass production,
installation of CEMS would require significant additional burden to
facilities given that few glass facilities currently have CO2 CEMS.
    We also considered, but decided not to propose, the production-
based default emission factor-based approach referenced above for
quantifying process-related CO2 emissions based on the
quantity of glass produced. In general, the default emission factor
method results in less certainty because the method involves
multiplying production data by emission factors that are based on
default assumptions regarding carbonate-based mineral content and
degree of calcination.
    As part of normal business practices, glass manufacturing plants
maintain the records that would be needed to calculate emissions under
the proposed option. Given the greater accuracy associated with the
input method and the minimal additional burden, we have determined that
this requirement would not add additional burden to current practices
at the facility, while providing accurate estimates of process-based
CO2 emissions.
    The various approaches to monitoring GHG emissions are elaborated
in the Glass Manufacturing TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-014).
4. Selection of Procedures for Estimating Missing Data
    To estimate process emissions of CO2 based on carbonate
input, data are needed on the carbonate chemical analysis of the
carbonate-based raw materials and the carbonate-based raw material
input rate (process feed rate). Glass manufacturing facilities must
monitor raw material feed rate carefully in order to maintain product
quality. Therefore, we do not expect missing data on raw material input
to be an issue. However, if these data were missing, we propose
requiring facilities to use average data from the previous and
following months for the mass of carbonate-based raw materials charged
to the furnace. Given that glass furnaces generally operate
continuously at a relatively constant production rate, we do not expect
much variation in the amounts of carbonates charged to the furnace from
month to month. Furthermore, it would be unusual for a glass
manufacturing plant to change its glass formulation. Therefore, we
believe using average data from the previous and following months would
provide a reliable estimate of raw materials charged.
    For missing data on carbonate-based mineral mass fractions, we
propose requiring facilities to assume that the mass fraction of each
carbonate-based mineral in the carbonate-based raw materials is 1.0.
This assumption may result in a slight overestimate of emissions, but
should still provide a reasonably accurate estimate of emissions for
the period with missing data.
5. Selection of Data Reporting Requirements
    We propose that facilities report total annual emissions of
CO2 from each affected continuous glass melting furnace, as
well as any stationary fuel combustion emissions. The proposed

[[Page 16510]]

rule would also require facilities to report the quantity of each
carbonate-based raw material charged to each continuous glass melting
furnace in tons per year, and the quantity of glass produced by each
continuous glass melting furnace. For facilities that calculate process
emissions of CO2 based on the mass fractions of carbonate-
based minerals, the proposed rule would require facilities to report
those values. These data are requested because they provide the basis
for calculating process-based CO2 emissions and are needed
for us to understand the emissions data and verify the reasonableness
of the reported emissions. The data on raw material composition and
charge rates are needed to verify process-based emissions of
CO2. The data on glass production are needed to verify that
the reported quantities of raw materials charged to continuous furnaces
are reasonable. The production data also can be used to identify
potential outliers.
    A full list of data to be reported is included in proposed 40 CFR
part 98, subparts A and N.
6. Selection of Records That Must Be Retained
    In addition to the data to be reported, we propose that facilities
retain monthly records of the data used to calculate GHG emissions.
This would include records of the amounts of each carbonate-based raw
material charged to a continuous glass melting furnace and glass
production (by type). This requirement would be consistent with current
business practices and the reporting requirements for emissions of
other pollutants for the glass manufacturing industry.
    The proposed rule also would require facilities to retain the
results of all tests used to determine carbonate-based mineral mass
fractions, as well as any other supporting information used in the
calculation of GHG emissions. These data are directly used to calculate
emissions that are reported and are necessary to enable verification
that the GHG emissions monitoring and calculations were performed correctly.
    A full list of records that must be retained on site is included in
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subparts A and N.

O. HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23 Destruction

1. Definition of the Source Category
    This source category includes the generation, emissions, sales, and
destruction of HFC-23. The source category includes facilities that
produce HCFC-22, generating HFC-23 in the process. This source category
also includes facilities that destroy HFC-23, which are sometimes, but
not always, also facilities that produce HCFC-22.
    HFC-23 is generated during the production of HCFC-22. HCFC-22 is
primarily employed in refrigeration and A/C systems and as a chemical
feedstock for manufacturing synthetic polymers. Because HCFC-22
depletes stratospheric O3, its production for non-feedstock
uses is scheduled to be phased out by 2020 under the CAA. Feedstock
production, however, is permitted to continue indefinitely.
    HCFC-22 is produced by the reaction of chloroform
(CHCl3) and hydrogen fluoride (HF) in the presence of a
catalyst, SbClB5. In the reaction, the chlorine in the
chloroform is replaced with fluorine, creating HCFC-22. Some of the
HCFC-22 is over-fluorinated, producing HFC-23. Once separated from the
HCFC-22, the HFC-23 may be vented to the atmosphere as an unwanted by-
product, captured for use in a limited number of applications, or destroyed.
    2006 U.S. emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22 production were
estimated to be 13.8 million metric tons CO2e. This quantity
represents a 13 percent decline from 2005 emissions and a 62 percent
decline from 1990 emissions despite an 11 percent increase in HCFC-22
production since 1990. Both declines are primarily due to decreases in
the HFC-23 emission rate. The ratio of HFC-23 emissions to HCFC-22
production has decreased from 0.022 to 0.0077 since 1990, a reduction
of 66 percent. These decreases have occurred because an increasing
fraction of U.S. HCFC-22 production capacity has adopted controls to
reduce HFC-23 emissions. Three HCFC-22 production facilities operated
in the U.S. in 2006, two of which used recapture and/or thermal
oxidation to significantly lower their HFC-23 emissions. All three
plants are part of a voluntary agreement to report and reduce their
collective HFC-23 emissions.
    The production of HCFC-22 and destruction of HFC-23 causes both
combustion and HFC-23 emissions. HCFC-22 production and HFC-23
destruction facilities are required to follow the requirements of
proposed 40 CFR part 98, subpart C to estimate emissions of
CO2, CH4 and N2O from stationary fuel
combustion. This section of the preamble provides only those procedures
for calculating and reporting generation, emissions, sales, and
destruction of HFC-23.
    For additional background information on HCFC-22 production, please
refer to the HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23 Destruction TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-
2008-0508-015).
2. Selection of Reporting Threshold
    We propose that all facilities producing HCFC-22 be required to
report under this rule. Facilities destroying HFC-23 but not producing
HCFC-22 would be required to report if they destroyed more than 25,000
metric tons CO2e of HFC-23.
    For HCFC-22 production facilities, we considered emission-based
thresholds of 1,000 metric tons CO2e, 10,000 metric tons
CO2e, 25,000 metric tons CO2e and 100,000 metric
tons CO2e and capacity-based thresholds equivalent to these.
The capacity-based thresholds are shown in Table O-1 of this preamble,
and are based on full utilization of HCFC-22 capacity and the emission
rate given for older plants in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. (One plant is
relatively new, but the emission rate for older plants was used to be
consistent and somewhat conservative.)

                                                          Table O-1. Capacity-Based Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Total national                         Emissions covered              Facilities covered
                                                             emissions    Total national ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Threshold level (HCFC-22 capacity in tons)          (metric tons     facilities      Metric tons
                                                               CO2e)                          CO2e/yr         Percent       Facilities        Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.......................................................      13,848,483               3      13,848,483             100               3             100
21......................................................      13,848,483               3      13,848,483             100               3             100
53......................................................      13,848,483               3      13,848,483             100               3             100
214.....................................................      13,848,483               3      13,848,483             100               3             100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 16511]]

    Our analysis showed that all of the facilities, which have
capacities ranging from 18,000 to 100,000 metric tons of HCFC-22,
exceeded all of the capacity-based thresholds by wide margins. The
smallest plant exceeded the largest capacity-based threshold by a
factor of 85.
    We are not presenting a table for emission-based thresholds because
we do not have facility-specific emissions information. (Under the
voluntary emission reduction agreement, total emissions from the three
facilities are aggregated by a third party, who submits only the total
to us.) Since two of the three facilities destroy or capture most or
all of their HFC-23 by-product, one or both of them probably have
emissions below at least some of the emission-based thresholds
discussed above. However, if the thermal oxidizers malfunctioned, were
not operated properly, or were unused for some other reason, emissions
of HFC-23 from each of the plants could easily exceed all thresholds.
Reporting is therefore important both for tracking the considerable
emissions of facilities that do not use thermal oxidation and for
verifying the performance of thermal oxidation where it is used. For
this reason, we propose that all HCFC-22 manufacturers report their
HFC-23 emissions.
    We are aware of one facility that destroys HFC-23 but does not
produce HCFC-22. Although we do not know the precise quantity of HFC-23
destroyed by this facility, the Agency has concluded that the facility
destroys a substantial share of the HFC-23 generated by the largest
HCFC-22 production facility in the U.S. If the destruction facility
destroys even one percent of this HFC-23, it is likely to destroy
considerably more than the proposed threshold of 25,000 metric tons CO2e.
    For additional background information on the threshold analysis for
HCFC-22 production, please refer to the HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23
Destruction TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-015). For specific information on
costs, including unamortized first year capital expenditures, please
refer to section 4 of the RIA and the RIA cost appendix.
3. Selection of Proposed Monitoring Methods
a. Review of Monitoring Methods
    In developing these proposed requirements, we reviewed several
protocols and guidance documents, including the 2006 IPCC Guidelines,
guidance developed under our voluntary program for HCFC-22
manufacturers, the WRI/WBCSD protocols, the TRI, the TSCA Inventory
Update Rule, The DOE 1605(b) Voluntary Reporting Program, EPA Climate
Leaders, and TRI.
    We also considered the findings and conclusions of a recent report
that closely reviewed the methods that facilities use to estimate and
assure the quality of their estimates of HCFC-22 production and HFC-23
emissions. As noted above, the production facilities currently estimate
and report these quantities to us (across all three plants) under a
voluntary agreement. The report, by RTI International, is entitled
``Verification of Emission Estimates of HFC-23 from the Production of
HCFC-22: Emissions from 1990 through 2006'' and is available in the
docket for this rulemaking.
    The 2008 Verification Report found that the estimation methods used
by the three HCFC-22 facilities currently operating in the U.S. were
all equivalent to IPCC Tier 3 methods. Under the Tier 3 methodology,
facility-specific emissions are estimated based on direct measurement
of the HFC-23 concentration and the flow rate of the streams,
accounting for the use of emissions abatement devices (thermal
oxidizers) where they are used. In general, Tier 3 methods for this
source category yield far more accurate estimates than Tier 2 or Tier 1
methods. Even at the Tier 3 level, however, the emissions estimation
methods used by the three facilities differed significantly in their
levels of absolute uncertainty. The uncertainty of the one facility
that does not thermally destroy its HFC-23 emissions dominates the
uncertainty for the national emissions from this source category.
    In general, the methods proposed in this rule are very similar to
the procedures already being undertaken by the facilities to estimate
HFC-23 emissions and to assure the quality of these estimates. The
differences (and the rationale for them) are discussed in the HCFC-22
Production and HFC-23 Destruction TSD (EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-015).
b. Proposed Monitoring Methods
    This section of the preamble includes two proposed monitoring
methods for HCFC-22 production facilities and one for HFC-23
destruction facilities. The proposed monitoring methods differ for
HCFC-22 facilities that do and do not use a thermal oxidizer connected
to the HCFC-22 production equipment. All the monitoring methods rely on
measurements of HFC-23 concentrations in process or emission streams
and on measurements of the flow rates of those streams, although the
proposed frequency of these measurements varies.
    Proposed Methods for Estimating HFC-23 Emissions from Facilities
that Do Not Use a Thermal Oxidizer or Facilities that Use a Thermal
Oxidizer that is Not Directly Connected to the HCFC-22 Production
Equipment. Under the proposed rule, you would be required to:
    (1) Monitor the concentration of HFC-23 in the reaction product
stream containing the HFC-23 (which could be either the HCFC-22 or the
HCl product stream) on at least a daily basis. This proposed
requirement is intended to account for day-to-day fluctuations in the
rate at which HFC-23 is generated; this rate can vary depending on
process conditions.
    (2) Monitor the mass flow of the product stream containing the HFC-
23 either directly or by weighing the other reaction product. The other
product could be either HCFC-22 or HCl. Plants would be required to
make or sum these measurements on at least a daily basis. If the HCFC-
22 or HCl product were measured significantly downstream of the reactor
(e.g., at storage tanks or the shipping dock), facilities would be
required to add a factor that accounted for losses to the measurement.
This factor would be 1.5 percent or another factor that could be
demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, to account for
losses. This adjustment is intended to account for upstream product
losses, which are estimated to range from one to two percent. Without
the adjustment, HCFC-22 production and therefore HFC-23 generation at
affected facilities would be systematically underestimated (negatively
biased). A one-to two-percent underestimate could translate into an
underestimate of HFC-23 emissions of 100,000 metric tons
CO2e or more for each affected facility.
    We request comment on this proposed approach for compensating for
the negative bias caused by HCFC-22 emissions. We specifically request
comment on the 1.5 percent factor, which is the midpoint of the one-to-
two-percent range of product loss rates cited by the affected facility.
We also request comment on what methods and data would be required to
verify a loss rate other than 1.5 percent, if a facility wished to
demonstrate a lower loss rate. One option would be a mass-balance
approach using measurements with very fine precisions (e.g., 0.2
percent or better).
    (3) Facilities that do not use a thermal oxidizer connected to the HCFC-22

[[Page 16512]]

production equipment would also be required to estimate the mass of
HFC-23 produced either by multiplying the HFC-23 concentration
measurement by the mass flow of the stream containing both the HFC-23
and the other product or by multiplying the ratio of the concentrations
of HFC-23 and of the other product by the mass of the other product.
    (4) Facilities would also be required to measure the masses of HFC-
23 sold or sent to other facilities for destruction. This step would
ensure that any losses of HFC-23 during filling of containers were
included in the HFC-23 emission estimates for facilities that capture
HFC-23 for use as a product or for transfer to a destruction facility.
    (5) Facilities would also be required to estimate the HFC-23
emitted by subtracting the masses of HFC-23 sold or sent for
destruction from the mass of HFC-23 generated.
    This calculation assumes that all production that is not sold or
sent to another facility for destruction is emitted. Such emissions may
be the result of the packaging process; additional emissions can be
attributed to the number of flanges in a line and other on-site
equipment that is specific to each facility.
    Proposed Methods for Estimating HFC-23 Emissions from Plants that
Use a Thermal Oxidizer Connected to the HCFC-22 Production Equipment.
Under the proposed rule, you would be required to estimate HFC-23
emissions from equipment leaks, process vents, and the thermal
oxidizer. To estimate emissions from leaks, you would be required to
estimate the number of leaks using EPA Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60,
Appendix A-7 and a leak definition of 10,000 ppmv. Leaks registering
above and below 10,000 ppmv would be assigned different default
emission rates, depending on the component and service (gas or light
liquid). These leak rates would be drawn from Table 2-5 from the
Protocol for Equipment Leak Estimates (EPA-453/R-95-017) and data on
the concentration of HFC-23 in the process stream.\78\ (The relevant
portions of Table 2-5 are included in the proposed regulatory text for
this rule.) To estimate emissions from process vents, you would be
required to use the results of annual emissions tests at process vents,
adjusting for changes in HCFC-22 production rates since the
measurements occurred. Tests would have to be conducted in accordance
with EPA Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A-6, Measurement of
Gaseous Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography. Although HFC-23
emissions from process vents are believed to be quite low, this
monitoring would ensure that any year-to-year variability in the
emission rate was captured by the reporting. Finally, to estimate
emissions from the thermal oxidizer, you would be required to apply the
DE of the oxidizer to the mass of HFC-23 fed into the oxidizer.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ Although EPA recognizes that the proposed method for
estimating emissions from equipment leaks is rather uncertain, EPA
believes that the level of precision is not unreasonable given the
small size of the HFC-23 emissions that would be estimated using the
method. These emissions are estimated to account for a fraction of a
percent of U.S. HFC-23 emissions from this source.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Destruction. Under the proposed rule, if you use thermal oxidation
to destroy HFC-23 you would be required to measure the quantities of
HFC-23 fed into the oxidizer. You would also be required to account for
any decreases in the DE of the oxidizer that occurred when the oxidizer
was not operating properly (as defined in State or local permitting
requirements and/or oxidizer manufacturer specifications). Finally, you
would be required to perform annual HFC-23 concentration measurements
by gas chromatography to confirm that emissions from the oxidizer were
as low as expected based on the rated DE of the device. If emissions
were found to be higher, then facilities would have the option of using
the DE implied by the most recent measurements or of conducting more
extensive measurements of the DE of the device.
    As discussed in the HCFC-22 Production and HFC-23 Destruction TSD
(EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0508-015), the initial testing and parametric